FCC ID: ZNFK520HMW Multi-band GSM/WCDMA/LTE Mobile Phone with BT and WiFi

E N G L I S H USER GUIDE LM-K525HM Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. MFLXXXXXXXX (1.0) www.lg.com ENGLISH About this user guide Thank you for choosing this LG product. Please carefully read this user guide before using the device for the first time to ensure safe and proper use. Always use genuine LG accessories. The supplied items are designed only for this device and may not be compatible with other devices. Descriptions are based on the device default settings. Default apps on the device are subject to updates, and support for these apps may be withdrawn without prior notice. If you have any questions about an app provided with the device, please contact an LG Service Centre. For user-installed apps, please contact the relevant service provider. Modifying the devices operating system or installing software from unofficial sources may damage the device and lead to data corruption or data loss. Such actions will violate your LG licence agreement and void your warranty. Some content and illustrations may differ from your device, depending on the area, service provider, software version, or OS version, and are subject to change without prior notice. Software, audio, wallpaper, images, and other media supplied with your device are licenced for limited use. If you extract and use these materials for commercial or other purposes, you may be infringing copyright laws. As a user, you are fully responsible for the illegal use of media. Additional charges may incur for data services, such as messaging, uploading, downloading, auto-syncing and location services. To avoid additional charges, select a data plan suitable to your needs. Contact your service provider to obtain additional details. This user guide is written in major languages for each country. Depending on the language used, content may partly differ. 1 Instructional notices WARNING: Situations that could cause injury to the user and third parties. device. CAUTION: Situations that may cause minor injury or damage to the NOTE: Notices or additional information. About this user guide 2 Table of contents 6 Guidelines for safe and efficient use 01 02 Custom-designed Features 16 16 18 22 Multi-tasking feature Audio recording features Google Assistant Fingerprint recognition Basic Functions 26 Product components and accessories Parts overview Turning the power on or off Installing the SIM card Inserting the memory card Removing the memory card Battery Touch screen Home screen Screen lock 27 31 32 34 35 35 38 41 50 53 Memory card encryption 54 54 56 Taking screenshots Content sharing Do not disturb 3 Installing and uninstalling apps App Shortcuts Phone 03 Camera Gallery Contacts QuickMemo+

Clock Calculator Useful Apps 58 60 61 65 Messaging 66 78 83 85 88 89 90 Music 91 ThinQ FM Radio 91 Audio Recorder 92 Game Launcher 92 Smart Doctor 93 93 LG Mobile Switch App trash 93 RemoteCall Service 94 Cell Broadcast 94 94 Google apps 04 Settings Settings 98 98 Network & internet 105 Connected devices 107 Sound 108 Notifications 109 Display 110 Wallpaper & theme 110 Lock screen & security 112 Privacy 113 Location 113 Extensions 115 Apps 115 Battery 116 Storage 116 Accounts 116 Digital Wellbeing & parental controls 117 Google 117 System 121 Accessibility Table of contents 4 05 Appendix 124 LG Language Settings 124 LG Bridge 125 Phone software update 127 Anti-Theft Guide 128 Open Source Software Notice Information 128 Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) 129 Trademarks 130 Laser safety statement 130 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 131 Contact office for compliance of this product 131 Wi-Fi (WLAN) 132 More information 136 FAQ Table of contents 5 Guidelines for safe and efficient use Please read these simple guidelines. Not following these guidelines may be dangerous or illegal. Should a fault occur, a software tool is built into your device that will gather a fault log. This tool gathers only data specific to the fault, such as signal strength, cell ID position in sudden call drop and applications loaded. The log is used only to help determine the cause of the fault. These logs are encrypted and can only be accessed by an authorised LG Repair centre should you need to return your device for repair. Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information. This device has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardised methods with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various LG device models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model tested for use at the ear is X.XXX W/kg

(10g) and when worn on the body is X.XXX W/kg (10g). This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used either in the normal use position against the ear or when positioned at least 5 mm away from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the product at least 5 mm away from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distance instructions are followed until the transmission is completed. 6 Information about the RF exposure from FCC In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States, with its action in Report and Order FCC 96-326, adopted an updated safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC regulated transmitters. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standard previously set by both international and U.S. standards. The design of this device complies with FCC guidelines and these international standards. Part 15.19 statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Part 15.21 Statement Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 7 Body-worn Operation This device was tested for typical bodyworn operations with the back of the device kept 0.39 inches (1cm) between the users body and the back of the device. To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, a minimum separation distance of 0.39 inches (1cm) must be maintained between the users body and the back of the device. Any beltclips, holsters, and similar accessories containing metallic components may not be used. Body-worn accessories that cannot maintain 0.39 inches (1cm) separation distance between the users body and the back of the device, and have not been tested for typical body-worn operations may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and should be avoided. Part 15.105 Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Product care and maintenance Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. LG does not guarantee any damage or failure which is caused by third party accessories. Some contents and illustrations may differ from your device without prior notice. work is required. Do not disassemble this unit. Take it to a qualified service technician when repair Guidelines for safe and efficient use 8 Repairs under warranty, at LGs discretion, may include replacement parts or boards that are either new or reconditioned, provided that they have functionality equal to that of the parts being replaced. Keep away from electrical appliances such as TVs, radios and personal The unit should be kept away from heat sources such as radiators or cookers. computers. Do not drop. Do not subject this unit to mechanical vibration or shock. Switch off the device in any area where you are required to by special regulations. For example, do not use your device in hospitals as it may affect sensitive medical equipment. Do not handle the device with wet hands while it is being charged. It may cause an electric shock and can seriously damage your device. Do not charge a handset near flammable material as the handset can become hot and create a fire hazard. benzene, thinner or alcohol). Use a dry cloth to clean the exterior of the unit (do not use solvents such as Do not charge the device when it is on soft furnishings. The device should be charged in a well ventilated area. Do not subject this unit to excessive smoke or dust. Do not keep the device next to credit cards or transport tickets; it can affect the information on the magnetic strips. Do not tap the screen with a sharp object as it may damage the device. Do not expose the device to liquid or moisture. Use accessories like earphones cautiously. Do not touch the antenna unnecessarily. Do not use, touch or attempt to remove or fix broken, chipped or cracked glass. Damage to the glass display due to abuse or misuse is not covered under the warranty. Your device is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your device during or immediately after operation. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 9 If your device gets wet, immediately unplug it to dry off completely. Do not attempt to accelerate the drying process with an external heating source, such as an oven, microwave or hair dryer. The liquid in your wet device, changes the colour of the product label inside your device. Damage to your device as a result of exposure to liquid is not covered under your warranty. A mobile device requires proper air circulation in order to dissipate heat. Direct skin contact and inadequate circulation of air flow to the device may cause the device to overheat. The device must be at least 1.0cm from between the users body. Prevent dust of any other foreign substances from getting into the Charger/

USB cable port. It may cause heat or fire. Avoid exposing the device to low air pressure at high altitude. Do not expose the device to extremely low air pressure. Otherwise, it can cause explosion of the battery or leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Efficient device operation Electronics devices All devices may receive interference, which could affect performance. Do not use your device near medical equipment without requesting permission. Please consult your doctor to determine if operation of your device may interfere with the operation of your medical device. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that you leave at least 15 cm of space between other devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. This device may produce a bright or flashing light. Some hearing aids might be disturbed by devices. Minor interference may affect TVs, radios, PCs etc. Use your device in temperatures between 0C and 40C, if possible. Exposing your device to extremely low or high temperatures may result in damage, malfunction, or even explosion. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 10 Road safety Check the laws and regulations on the use of devices in the area when you drive. Do not use a hand-held device while driving. Give full attention to driving. so require. Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions RF energy may affect some electronic systems in your vehicle such as car stereos and safety equipment. When your vehicle is equipped with an air bag, do not obstruct with installed or portable wireless equipment. It can cause the air bag to fail or cause serious injury due to improper performance. If you are listening to music whilst out and about, please ensure that the volume is at a reasonable level so that you are aware of your surroundings. This is of particular importance when near roads. Avoid damage to your hearing To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Damage to your hearing can occur if you are exposed to loud sound for long periods of time. We therefore recommend that you do not turn on or off the handset close to your ear. We also recommend that music and call volumes are set to a reasonable level. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you, or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 11 Glass Parts Some parts of your device are made of glass. This glass could break if your device is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your device until the glass is replaced by an authorised service provider. Blasting area Do not use the device where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions and follow any regulations or rules. Potentially explosive atmospheres Do not use your device at a refueling point. Do not use near fuel or chemicals. Do not transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the same compartment of your vehicle as your device or accessories. In aircraft Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. Turn your device off before boarding any aircraft. Do not use it on the ground without permission from the crew. Children Keep the device in a safe place out of the reach of small children. It includes small parts which may cause a choking hazard if detached. Emergency calls Emergency calls may not be available on all mobile networks. Therefore you should never depend solely on your device for emergency calls. Check with your local service provider. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 12 Battery information and care You do not need to completely discharge the battery before recharging. Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the batterys performance. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximise the battery life. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery. Keep the metal contacts of the battery clean. Replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance. The battery pack may be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing. Recharge the battery if it has not been used for a long time to maximise usability. such as in the bathroom. performance. Do not expose the battery charger to direct sunlight or use it in high humidity, Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, as this may deteriorate battery Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Always unplug the charger from the wall socket after the device is fully charged to save unnecessary power consumption of the charger. Actual battery life will depend on network configuration, product settings, usage patterns, battery and environmental conditions. Make sure that no sharp-edged items such as animals teeth or claws, come into contact with the battery. This could cause a fire. Power Consumption (Networked Standby Mode) : X.X W Securing personal information Make sure to protect your personal information to prevent data leakage or misuse of sensitive information. Always back up important data while using the device. LG is not responsible for any data loss. Make sure to back up all data and reset the device when disposing of the device to prevent any misuse of sensitive information. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 13 Read the permission screen carefully while downloading applications. Be cautious using the applications that have access to multiple functions or to your personal information. Check your personal accounts regularly. If you find any sign of misuse of your personal information, ask your service provider to delete or change your account information. If your device is lost or stolen, change the password of your account to secure your personal information. Do not use applications from unknown sources. Notice for Battery replacement Li-Ion Battery is a hazardous component which can cause injury. Battery replacement by a non-qualified professional can cause damage to your device. Do not replace the battery by yourself. The battery can be damaged, which can cause overheat and injury. The battery must be replaced by a qualified professional. The battery should be recycled or disposed separately from household waste. In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/ contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell using specialised tools. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 14 01 Custom-designed Features Audio recording features LG 3D Sound Engine LG 3D Sound Engine feature allows you to hear stereoscopic and optimised sound. When playing music or video, you can enjoy stereoscopic and immersive sound as if you were listening in the field. 1 Drag the notifications panel downwards. 2 Tap to turn on or off the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Or tap Settings Sound Engine and tap to activate it. Sound Sound quality and effects LG 3D If you connect an external audio device such as an earphone or speaker to the product, a pop-up appears to turn on the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Google Assistant Google Assistant overview Your device has the built-in Google Assistant feature. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To use this feature, first connect to the network. Launching Google Assistant 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Tap GET STARTED. Custom-designed Features 16 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. The device saves your voice data for recognition. 4 Set whether to use the voice match unlock function. If you use the voice match unlock function, you can unlock the device even when the device screen is turned off or the device is charging by saying OK Google or Hey Google. This feature may be more vulnerable to security than the other screen locks, such as Pattern, PIN, and Password. When a similar voice or your recorded voice is used, the screen may be unlocked. To use this feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen

& security screen lock method you set to unlock the device. Secure lock settings Smart Lock, and then use the You need to unlock the device by using the specified method if you fail to unlock the device with voice recognition. See Setting a screen lock for details. 5 Tap Finish. Hey Google. question. Accessing by Voice 1 When the home screen is turned off or locked, say OK Google or 2 When the Google Assistant screen appears, say a command or ask a Accessing from Home Screen 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Say a command or question when you see on the bottom of the screen. Custom-designed Features 17 In an environment where Wi-Fi or mobile data connection is poor, the Google Assistant function may be restricted and the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. If the speech is ambiguous, the microphone is covered, a media player is playing, or the surrounding is loud, the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. When you are using the product via voice commands, say with accurate pronunciation in a quite environment for better speech recognition accuracy. Fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition overview You must register your fingerprint on your device first before using the fingerprint recognition function. You can use the fingerprint recognition function in the following cases:

To unlock the screen. To view the locked content in the Gallery. Confirm a purchase by signing into an app or identifying yourself with your fingerprint. You can use fingerprint data for user authentication. There is a possibility that the fingerprint sensor might recognise a different but very similar fingerprint as the same registered fingerprint. To strengthen security, it is recommended that you use the pattern, PIN, or password method for unlocking the screen. If the device cannot detect your fingerprint or you forgot the value specified for registration, visit the nearest LG Customer Service Centre with your device and ID card. Custom-designed Features 18 Precautions for fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition accuracy may decrease due to a number of reasons. To maximise the recognition accuracy, check the following before using the device. At the bottom centre of the products screen, there is a built-in sensor that recognises fingerprints. Be careful not to scratch or damage the fingerprint sensor with metal objects such as coins or keys. If there are foreign substances (sweat, lotion, water, dirt, grease, etc.) on the fingerprint sensor or on the finger to be put on the sensor, fingerprint recognition may not work properly. Wipe the sensor and the finger clean and remove all moisture before putting the finger on the sensor. If the fingers surface is rough due to it being scarred or pruney from water, the sensor may not be able to recognise the fingerprint. In such a case, register another fingerprint. If you bend your finger or use the fingertip only, your fingerprint may not be recognised. Make sure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint sensor. Scan only one finger for each registration. Scanning more than one finger may affect fingerprint registration and recognition. The device may generate static electricity if the surrounding air is dry. If the surrounding air is dry, avoid scanning fingerprints, or touch a metallic object such as a coin or a key before scanning fingerprints to remove static electricity. Custom-designed Features 19 Registering fingerprints You can register and save your fingerprint on the device to use fingerprint identification. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. A lock screen must be set in order to be able to use this feature. If the screen lock is not active, configure the lock screen by following the on-screen instructions. See Setting a screen lock for details. 2 Place your finger on the fingerprint sensor on the device and adjust it little by little. Gently press the fingerprint sensor so that the sensor can recognise Ensure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint your fingerprint. sensor. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Until the fingerprint registration is completed, move the same finger around on the sensor little by little. Put the finger on the sensor. When you feel a vibration, remove the finger from the sensor. Custom-designed Features 20 4 When the fingerprint registration is done, tap OK. Tap Add more to register another fingerprint. Since the fingerprint recognition success rate depends on the condition of the registered fingerprint, it is recommended that you register several different fingerprints. Managing fingerprints You can edit or delete registered fingerprints. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Fingerprints. Lock screen & security 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 From the fingerprint list, tap a fingerprint to rename it. To delete it, tap

. Unlocking the screen with a fingerprint You can unlock the screen or view the locked content by using your fingerprint. Activate the desired function:

1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 On the fingerprint settings screen, activate the desired function:

Screen lock: Unlock screen with a fingerprint. Content lock: Unlock content with a fingerprint. To do this, make sure that the content lock is set. Custom-designed Features 21 Multi-tasking feature Recent Uses Screen Swipe the Home button history. upward and hold to view the recent use Pop-up window You can open multiple apps on the screen and easily switch between them at any time. 1 Swipe up on 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app screen and select Pop-up from the bottom of the screen. window. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 3 The app appears in the form of a pop-up window on the screen. This feature may not be available in some apps or screens. Custom-designed Features 22 Using the pop-up window

: Minimises the pop-up window. The pop-up window is minimised into the app icon floating on the screen, which can be moved anywhere you want.

: Expands the app to full screen.

: Closes the app. You can open up to 5 apps using the pop-up windows. To select an app from the opened apps, tap one of the pop-up windows. The selected pop-up window comes to the front. Pop-up windows cannot be moved to the status bar or navigation bar area. on the pop-up window, the pop-up window is minimised into Using the app folder for pop-up windows If you tap the app icon. You can move the app icon anywhere you want by dragging it. If two or more pop-up windows are minimised, the app folder is created to contain the app icons. The recently-used app icon is used as the app folder icon. If you tab the icon, all the icons for the minimised pop-up windows appear in the app folder. If you touch and hold the app folder for pop-up windows and drag the app folder into Remove, the app folder will be removed. To remove one of the apps from the app folder, open the app folder and drag the app icon out of the app folder. Custom-designed Features 23 Multi window When using gesture navigation 1 Swipe up on from the bottom of the screen. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select Multi window. The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. The selected app appears at the bottom half of the screen. When using Buttons only navigation 1 Tap on the navigation bar. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. To adjust the size of the split screen, drag the bar on the centre of the To deactivate the multi window feature, drag the centre bar up or down screen. to the end of the screen. The multi window feature is not supported in some LG apps or apps downloaded from the Play Store. Custom-designed Features 24 02 Basic Functions Product components and accessories The following items are included with your device. Device USB cable Ejection pin Charger Quick Start Guide The items described above may be optional. The items supplied with the device and any available accessories may vary depending on the area and service provider. Always use genuine LG Electronics accessories. Using accessories made by other manufacturers may affect your device's call performance or cause malfunctions. This may not be covered by LG's repair service. Some of the device parts are made of tempered glass. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Centre. If any of these basic items are missing, contact the dealer from which you purchased your device. To purchase additional items, contact an LG Customer Service Centre. Some items in the product box are subject to change without notice. The appearance and specifications of your device are subject to change without prior notice for product improvement. Device specifications may vary depending on the area or service provider. Remove the protective film from the Fingerprint sensor before using the fingerprint recognition feature. Basic Functions 26 Parts overview Basic Functions 27 Do NOT attempt to remove the back cover by yourself. Doing so may severely damage the battery and device, which could cause overheating, fire, and injury. This devices back cover and battery are not to be removed or replaced by a non-qualified professional. Your phone is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your phone during or immediately after operation. Proximity/Ambient light sensor

- Proximity sensor: During a call, the proximity sensor turns off the screen and disables touch functionality when the device is in close proximity to the human body. It turns the screen back on and enables touch functionality when the device is outside a specific range.

- Ambient light sensor: The ambient light sensor analyses the ambient light intensity when the auto-brightness control mode is turned on. Volume keys

- Adjust the volume for ringtones, calls or notifications.

- While using the Camera, gently press a Volume key to take a photo. To take continuous photos, press and hold the Volume key.

- Press the Volume Down key twice to launch the Camera app when the screen is locked or turned off. Press the Volume Up key twice to launch Capture+. Power/Lock key option.

- Briefly press the key when you want to turn the screen on or off.

- Press and hold the key when you want to select a power control Basic Functions 28 Google Assistant key

- You can short-press it once to run Google Assistant. You can press and hold it to run Google Assistant and then release the finger from the key to run the voice command function.

- See the Google Assistant for details. Fingerprint sensor

- Turn on the fingerprint recognition feature to simplify the process of unlocking the screen. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Some functions may be restricted depending on the region and product specifications of different telecommunications providers. Do not put heavy objects on the device or sit on it. Failure to do so may damage the touch screen. Screen-protective film or accessories may interfere with the proximity sensor. If your device is wet or is being used in a humid place, the touch screen or keys may not function properly. Basic Functions 29 There are two microphones built into this product. Be careful not to cover the microphones. While you are talking on the phone, do not cover the microphone with your hand or fingers. Do not use a phone case that is not a genuine product or cover the microphone with accessories, tape, etc. Hold the product correctly as shown in the image when you are using it. Basic Functions 30 Turning the power on or off Turning the power on When the power is turned off, press and hold the Power/Lock key. When the device is turned on for the first time, initial configuration takes place. The first booting time for the smart phone may be longer than usual. Turning the power off Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select Power off. Restarting the device When the device is not working properly or does not respond, restart it by following the instructions below. 1 Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time until the power is turned off. 2 When the device is restarted, release the key. Power control options Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select an option. Power off: Turn the device off. Power off and restart: Restart the device. Basic Functions 31 Installing the SIM card Insert the SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card provided by your service provider to start using your device. Be careful with the ejection pin since it has a sharp edge. In order for the water-resistant and dust-resistant features to work effectively, the card tray must be inserted correctly. 1 Insert the pin into the hole of the card tray and press the pin, and then pull the card tray out of the product. 2 Align the Nano-SIM cards on the card tray and press the card in the direction of the arrow as shown in the figure. 3 Insert the card tray into the phone as shown in the figure. Basic Functions 32 This device supports only Nano SIM cards. Nano Micro Standard For problem-free performance, it is recommended that you use the device with the correct type of SIM card. Always use a factory-made SIM card supplied by the operator. Do not lose your SIM card. LG is not responsible for damage and other issues caused by loss or transfer of a SIM card. Be careful not to damage the SIM card when you insert or remove it. When you insert the SIM card or memory card, place it on the card tray correctly. When you insert the card tray back into the device, insert it horizontally in the direction of arrow as shown in the figure. Make sure that the card placed on the card tray does not move out of its position. Insert the SIM card with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. Be sure to insert the SIM card into the device by following the instructions in the user manual. If you insert or remove the card tray from the device, be careful not to let water or other liquids enter into the card tray. If a wet card tray or card is inserted into the device, your device may get damaged. Memory card is an optional item. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Basic Functions 33 Inserting the memory card Insert the memory card into your device. The device can support up to a 2 TB microSD card. Depending on the memory card manufacturer and type, some memory card may not be compatible with your device. 1 Insert the ejection pin into the hole on the card tray. 2 Pull out the card tray. 3 Put the memory card on the card tray with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Basic Functions 34 Removing the memory card Unmount the memory card before removing it for safety. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Insert the ejection pin into the hole in the card tray and then pull out Storage

. the card tray from the device. 3 Remove the memory card from the card tray. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Do not remove the memory card while the device is transferring or accessing information. This may cause data to be lost or corrupted, or may damage the memory card or the device. LG is not responsible for losses that result from the abuse or improper use of memory cards, including the loss of data. Battery Charging the battery Before using the device, fully charge the battery. Charge the device with the USB Type-C cable. Basic Functions 35 If there is moisture on the charging port, exposed terminals, charging cable, charging adapter, etc., do not use or charge the product. The product may malfunction or get broken or damaged, and there is risk of injury caused by electric shock, fire, overheating, explosion, etc. If you find moisture on such areas, stop using or charging the product immediately and completely remove the moisture. Do not separate the battery cover. This product uses a non-removable battery. Do not remove or replace the battery cover or the battery. If you remove or replace the battery cover or the battery, the product may be damaged, overheated or explode. Only use the USB cable and charging adapter provided with the product as basic components. Your device has an internal rechargeable battery. For your safety, do not remove the embedded battery. Using the device when it is charging may cause electric shock. To use the device, stop charging it. Remove the charger from the power socket after the device is fully charged. This prevents unnecessary power consumption. Another way to charge the battery is by connecting a USB cable between the device and a desktop or laptop computer. This may take longer than plugging the adapter to a wall outlet. Do not charge the battery by using a USB hub that is unable to maintain the rated voltage. Charging may fail or unintentionally stop. When you are visiting the Service Centre with a battery issue, bring the product and the charger with you Since the battery is a consumable, the battery life may be shortened as times goes by. Basic Functions 36 Precautions when using the device Make sure to use the USB cable provided; do not use third party USB cables or chargers with your device. The LG limited warranty does not cover the use of third party accessories. Failure to follow the instructions in this guide and improper use may damage the device. If the battery temperature exceeds a certain level while charging the device, charging may be stopped. If magnetic, metallic or conductive materials are attached on the back of the device or a protective case is inserted, the device may not charge properly. LG Electronics is not responsible for any issues concerning accessories of other brands. For such issues, contact the manufacturer of the accessory product. Using the battery efficiently Battery lifespan may decrease if you keep many apps and functions running simultaneously and continuously. Cancel background operations to increase battery life. To minimise battery consumption, follow these tips:

Turn off the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi network function when not using them. Set the screen timeout to as short a time as possible. Minimise the screen brightness. Set a screen lock when the device is not used. Check the battery level while using any downloaded apps. Basic Functions 37 Touch screen You can familiarise yourself with how to control your device by using touch screen gestures. Tapping Lightly tap with your fingertip to select or run an app or option. Touching and holding Touch and hold for several seconds to display a menu with available options. Basic Functions 38 Double-tapping Tap twice quickly to zoom in or out on a web page or map. Dragging Touch and hold an item, such as an app or widget, then move your finger to another location in a controlled motion. You can use this gesture to move an item. Swiping Touch the screen with your finger and move it quickly without pausing. You can use this gesture to scroll through a list, a web page, photos, screens, and more. Basic Functions 39 Pinching and spreading Pinch two fingers to zoom out such as on a photo or map. To zoom in, spread your fingers apart. Do not expose the touch screen to excessive physical shock. You might damage the touch sensor. A touch screen failure may occur if you use the device near a magnetic, metallic or conductive material. If you use the device under bright lights, such as direct sunlight, the screen may not be visible, depending on your position. Use the device in a shady location or a location with an ambient light that is not too bright and bright enough to read books. Do not press the screen with excessive force. Gently tap with your fingertip on the option you want. Touch control may not work properly if you tap while wearing a glove or by using the tip of your fingernail. Touch control may not work properly if the screen is moist or wet. The touch screen may not function properly if a screen-protective film or accessory purchased from a third party store is attached to the device. Displaying a static image for extended periods of time may result in after-images or screen burn-in. Turn off the screen or avoid displaying the same image for a long time when you do not use the device. Basic Functions 40 Home screen Home screen overview The Home screen is the starting point for accessing various functions and apps on your device. Swipe up from the bottom edge of any screen to directly go to the Home screen. You can manage all apps and widgets on the Home screen. Swipe the screen left or right to view all installed apps at a glance. Home screen layout You can view all apps and organise widgets and folders on the Home screen. The Home screen may differ depending on the manufacturer policy, user settings, software version or service provider. Basic Functions 41 Status bar: View status icons, the time and the battery level. Weather widget: View the information of weather and time for a Google Search widget: Type or speak to pull open Google Search. Folder: You can create folders to classify the app based on desired specific area. criteria. Page icon: Display the total number of Home screen canvases. You can tap the desired page icon to go to the page you selected. The icon reflecting the current canvas will be highlighted. Quick access area: Fix main apps at the bottom of the screen so that they can be accessed from any Home screen canvas. Navigation bar: You can go to the previous screen or home screen while using the app, and check the list of apps you used recently. Using Navigation bar Here is the gestures guide to control the Navigation bar. To go to Home screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. To go back to the previous screen, swipe in from the left or right edge of the screen. the screen. To go to Overview screen, swipe up and hold from the bottom edge of To quickly switch between apps, swipe right at the bottom edge of the screen to go to previously used apps. Gestures is the default for the Navigation bar. To change it to Buttons

only Navigation bar, then select Buttons only.

, on the home screen, tap Settings

Display Basic Functions 42 Status icons When there is a notification for an unread message, calendar event or alarm, the status bar displays the corresponding notification icon. Check your devices status by viewing notification icons displayed on the status bar. Data is being transmitted over the network Connected to a computer via USB No signal Alarm is set Vibrate mode is on Bluetooth is on Battery level Airplane mode is on Missed calls Wi-Fi is connected Mute mode is on GPS is on Hotspot is on No SIM card Some of these icons may appear differently or may not appear at all, depending on the device's status. Refer to the icons according to the actual environment and area in which you are using the device and your service provider. Displayed icons may vary, depending on the area or service provider. Basic Functions 43 Notifications panel You can open the notifications panel by dragging the status bar downward on the main screen. You can drag down the notice window or tap the arrow icon to open the list of quick setting icons. You can tap If you touch and hold the icon, the settings screen for the to add, delete or arrange icons in the notice window. corresponding function appears. You can use the notifications panel even on the lock screen. Drag the notifications panel while the screen is locked to quickly access the desired features. Basic Functions 44 Switching the screen orientation You can set the screen orientation to automatically switch according to the devices physical orientation. On the notification panel, tap Rotation from the quick access icon list. You can also tap Settings the home screen. Display and activate Auto-rotate screen on Editing the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold on an empty space, then select the desired action from below. To rearrange the Home screen canvases, touch and hold on a canvas, then drag it to another location. To add a widget to the Home screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Widgets. To change wallpapers and themes, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Wallpaper & theme. You can also tap Settings then select wallpapers and themes to apply to the device. Wallpaper & theme on the home screen, Basic Functions 45 To change the grid, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Grid. Tap the desired grid, then tap Apply. To configure the Home screen settings, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Home screen settings. See Home screen settings for details. To view or reinstall the uninstalled apps, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select App trash. See App trash for details. To change the default screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, move to desired screen, tap more.

, then tap the screen once Basic Functions 46 Viewing the background theme You can view only the background image by hiding the apps and widgets on the Home screen. Spread two fingers apart on the Home screen. To return to the original screen, which displays apps and widgets, pinch from the bottom edge your fingers on the Home screen or drag up of the screen. Moving apps on the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to another location. To keep frequently used apps at the bottom of the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to the quick access area at the bottom. To remove an icon from the quick access area, drag the icon to the Home screen. Basic Functions 47 Using folders from the Home screen Creating folders On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it over another app. A new folder is created and the apps are added to the folder. Editing folders On the Home screen, tap a folder and do one of the following actions. To edit the folder name tap the folder name. To edit the colour, tap the right upper circle. To add apps, touch and hold an app, then drag it over the folder and release it. To remove an app from the folder, touch and hold the app and drag it to outside the folder. If the removed app is the only one app that existed in the folder, the folder is removed automatically. You can also add or remove apps after tapping

. You cannot change the folder colour while using downloaded theme. Basic Functions 48 Home screen settings You can customise the Home screen settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Customise the following settings:

Display Home screen. Select Home: Select a Home screen mode. Wallpaper: Change the Home screen background wallpaper. Screen swipe effect: Select an effect to apply when the Home screen canvas switches. Icon shape: Choose if you want icons to have square or rounded corners. screen. Google feed: Show to the left of the main Home screen. Sort apps by: Set how apps are sorted on the Home screen. Hide apps: Select which apps you want to hide from the Home Loop Home screen: Enable to allow continuous Home screen scrolling (loop back to first screen after the last screen). Swipe down on the Home screen: Enable to search apps or contents, or view notifications by swiping down on the home screen. Home screen lock: Enable to prevent apps and widgets from being rearranged or removed. Basic Functions 49 Screen lock Screen lock overview Your devices screen turns off and locks itself if you press the Power/Lock key. This also happens after the device is left idle for a specified period of time. If you press the Power/Lock key when a screen lock is not set, the Home screen appears immediately. To ensure security and prevent unwanted access to your device, set a screen lock. A screen lock prevents unnecessary touch input on the device screen and reduces battery consumption. We recommend that you activate the screen lock while not using the device. Setting a screen lock There are several options available for configuring the screen lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Select screen lock and then select the method you prefer. 2 Customise the following settings:

None: Deactivate the screen lock function. Swipe: Swipe on the screen to unlock the screen. Pattern: Draw a pattern to unlock the screen. PIN: Enter a numeric password to unlock the screen. Password: Enter an alphanumeric password to unlock the screen. Fingerprints: Unlock the screen by using your fingerprint. Basic Functions 50 Customise Lock screen You can customise lock screen. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Customize Lock screen. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Wallpaper: Allow you to set the background for your Lock screen. Clock: Allow you to set where to position the clock on the Lock screen. Shortcuts: Allow you to choose apps to run on your Lock screen. This setting appears only when a screen lock is set. Contact info for lost phone: Allow you to set text to be displayed on the Lock screen to identify the phones owner. Secure lock settings You can set secure lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings lock settings. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Secure Make pattern visible (shown only when Pattern is set as a screen lock): Turn on to make pattern visible. Lock timer: Allow you to set the amount of time before the screen automatically locks after the backlight turns off (time-out due to inactivity). Power key instantly locks: Enable this option to instantly lock the screen when the Power/Lock key is pressed. This setting overrides the Security Lock timer setting. Show lockdown option (shown only when a screen lock is set):

Enable this option to display the Lockdown icon when you press and hold the Power/Lock button. Tap the Lockdown icon to turn off Smart Lock, biometric unlocking, and notifications on the lock screen. Basic Functions 51 Smart Lock: Allow you to set trusted devices, places, voice, and/or on-body detection that will allow your phone to remain unlocked. Available menu options may vary depending on the lock screen method selected. KnockON You can turn the screen on or off by double-tapping the screen. This option is available only on the Home screen provided by LG. It may not function properly on a custom launcher or on the Home screen installed by the user. When tapping the screen, use your fingertip. Do not use a fingernail. To use the KnockON feature, make sure that the proximity/light sensor is not blocked by a sticker or any other foreign substance. Turning the screen on Double-tap the middle of the screen. Tapping the top or bottom of the screen may decrease the recognition rate. Turning the screen off Double-tap on an empty space on the Home screen and Lock screen. You can also double-tap an empty space on the status bar. Disable KnockON If you dont want to use the KnockON function, set as follows:

On the home screen, tap Settings to disable the function. Extensions KnockON and drag it Basic Functions 52 Memory card encryption You can encrypt and protect data saved on the memory card. The encrypted data in the memory card cannot be accessed from another device. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Encryption & credentials Encrypt SD card. 2 Read the on-screen overview of memory card encryption and then tap Continue to continue. 3 Select an option and tap Encrypt now. New data encryption: Encrypt only data that is saved on the memory card after encryption. Full encryption: Encrypt all the data currently saved on the memory card. Exclude media files: Encrypt all files, except for media files such as music, photos and videos. Once memory card encryption starts, some functions are not available. If the device is turned off while encryption is underway, the encryption process will fail, and some data may be damaged. Therefore, be sure to check if the battery level is sufficient before starting encryption. Encrypted files are accessible only from the device where the files were encrypted. The encrypted memory card cannot be used on another LG device. To use the encrypted memory card on another mobile device, format the card. You can activate memory card encryption even when no memory card is installed into the device. Any memory card that is installed after encryption will automatically be encrypted. Basic Functions 53 Taking screenshots You can take screenshots of the current screen you are viewing. Via a shortcut Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time for at least two seconds. Screenshots can be viewed from the Screenshots folder in the Gallery. Via Screenshot On the screen where you want to take a screenshot, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

. See Writing notes on a screenshot for details. Content sharing Playing content from another device You can play photos, videos or songs saved on your device from a TV. 1 Connect the TV and your device to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 While viewing the items in the Gallery or Music app, tap Play on other device. 3 Select the TV you want to connect to. For use with Chromecast, Google Play services should be up to date. Basic Functions 54 Viewing content from nearby devices You can view content from various devices, such as a computer, NAS or mobile device, by using the Gallery or Music apps. Connecting the devices Connect both your device and another device that support DLNA function to the same wireless network. Make sure that File sharing (DLNA) is activated on both the device and the connected device. Searching for nearby devices You can view a list of DLNA devices on the same network by selecting the Nearby devices menu in each app. Use content from nearby devices as if you were using it on your device. Sending or receiving files You can share files between your device and another LG device, or a tablet. Sending files From the Gallery or other apps, tap on the file sharing list. Share or

, then select a device Receiving files Drag the status bar downward and then tap File sharing. If your device does not support the file sharing feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Beam Connected devices File sharing

. SmartShare Make sure that your device is connected to the same wireless network as the file transfer target device. Make sure that File sharing is activated on both devices. Basic Functions 55 Do not disturb You can limit or mute notifications to avoid disturbances for a specific period of time. On the home screen, tap Settings Mode and select the mode you want:

Do not disturb. Sound

- Priority only: Receive sound or vibrate notifications for the selected apps. Even when Priority only is turned on, alarms still sound.

- Total silence: Disable both the sound and vibration. Select priorities: Receive alarms and the notifications for the selected apps.

- Calls from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a call. Repeated calls: Second call from the same caller within 15 min is not silenced. message.

- Messages from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a Use Do not disturb: Turn on the Do not disturb feature. Sleeping: Set the schedule for which you want to turn on the Do not disturb feature. Help: View the help for Do not disturb. Basic Functions 56 03 Useful Apps Installing and uninstalling apps Installing apps Access an app store to search and download apps. You can use SmartWorld, Play Store or the app store provided by your service provider. Some app stores may require you to create an account and sign in. Some apps may charge fees. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. SmartWorld may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. Uninstalling apps Uninstall apps that you no longer use from your device. Uninstalling with the touch and hold gesture Press and hold any empty area on the screen, and then press app you want to delete. of the Uninstalling by using the settings menu On the home screen, tap Settings tap Uninstall. Apps App info, select an app, then Some apps cannot be uninstalled by users. Uninstalling apps from the app store To uninstall an app, access the app store from which you download the app and uninstall it. Useful Apps 58 Installing and uninstalling apps during the setup When you turn on the device for the first time, you can download recommended apps. You can skip to the next step without installation. App trash You can view the uninstalled apps. You can also reinstall apps which were uninstalled within 24 hours from now. 1 On the home screen, tap Management App trash. You can also touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, then tap App trash. 2 Activate the desired function:

Restore: Reinstall the selected app.

: Remove the uninstalled apps permanently from the device. Uninstalled apps are automatically removed from the device 24 hours after they were uninstalled. If you want to reinstall the uninstalled apps, you must download them again from the app store. This feature is activated on the default Home screen only. If you uninstall apps while using the EasyHome screen or other launcher, they are immediately and permanently removed from the device. Useful Apps 59 App Shortcuts On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon such as Call, Message, Camera, Gallery and Settings to display a quick access menu. Use apps more easily through App Shortcuts. Tap Tap to set the widgets for the app. to check the app information. This feature is available only on some apps. Useful Apps 60 Phone Voice call Make a phone call by using one of the available methods, such as manually entering a phone number and making a call from the contact list or the list of recent calls. Making a call from the keypad 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Make a call by using a method of your choice:

Dial. Enter a phone number and tap Touch and hold a speed dial number. Search for a contact by tapping the initial letter of a contact name in the contact list, and then tap

. To enter "+" when making an international call, touch and hold number See Adding contacts for details on how to add phone numbers to the 0. speed dial list. Making Calls from Contacts 1 On the home screen, tap 2 After selecting the number you want to call from the list of contacts, Contacts. tap

. Useful Apps 61 Answering a call To answer a call, drag When the stereo headset is connected, you can make calls by using the on the incoming call screen. call/end button on the headset. To end a call without turning off the screen, on the home screen, tap Answer and end calls and Network & internet Settings then activate End call with the Power key. Call On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Answer and end calls End call with the Power key, you can end a call by pressing the Lock/Power key while the call-in-process screen is turned on. Rejecting a call To reject an incoming call, drag across the incoming call screen. To send a rejection message, drag the rejection message option across the screen. To add or edit a rejection message, on the home screen, tap Settings Call blocking & Decline with message. Network & internet Call When a call is coming in, press the Volume Up, Volume Down or Power/

Lock key to mute ringtone or vibration, or to hold the call. Checking an incoming call while using an app When a call comes in while using an app, a pop-up notification can be displayed at the top of the screen. You can receive the call, reject the call, or send message from the pop-up screen. On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Additional settings desired way you would like to display the incoming call while using an app. Incoming voice call pop-up and then select the Useful Apps 62 Viewing missed calls If there is a missed call, the status bar at the top of the screen displays To view missed call details, drag the status bar downwards. You can also tap Call logs on the home screen. Functions accessible during a call During a call, you can access a variety of functions by tapping the on-screen buttons:

Contacts: View the contact list during a call. Hold: Place the current call on hold. Dialpad: Display or hide the dial pad. Speaker: Turn on the speakerphone function. Mute: Mute your voice so that your voice cannot be heard by the other Bluetooth: Switch the call to a Bluetooth device that is paired and party. connected.

: End a call.

: Access additional call options. Available settings items may vary depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 63 Making a three-way calling You can make a call to another contact during a call. 1 During a call, tap Add call. 2 Enter a phone number and tap

. first call is put on hold. 3 To start a conference call, tap Merge calls. The two calls are displayed on the screen at the same time, and the You may be charged a fee for each call. Consult with your service provider for more information. Viewing call records To view recent call records, on the home screen, tap you can use the following functions:

To view detailed call records, select a contact. To make a call to the Call logs. Then, selected contact, tap

. To delete call records, tap Delete. The displayed call duration may differ from the call charge. Consult with your service provider for more information. The deleted call history can not be restored. Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to adjust the font size of call logs or contacts. Configuring call options You can configure various call options. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap preferences. Dial or Call logs. Call settings and then configure the options to suit your Useful Apps 64 Messaging Sending a message You can create and send messages to your contacts using the Messaging app. Sending messages abroad may incur additional charges. Consult with your service provider for more information. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap 3 Specify a recipient and create a message. To use multimedia options, tap To access optional menu items, tap

. 4 Tap to send the message. Reading a message You can view exchanged messages organised by contact. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select a contact from the message list. While on the message list or chat window, you can adjust the font size by placing two fingers on the screen and either widening or narrowing the fingers. Useful Apps 65 Configuring messaging settings You can change messaging settings to suit your preferences. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap Settings from the message list. You can designate settings for the notice window, blocking calls, disaster alert, multimedia messages, etc. Camera Starting the camera You can take a photo or record a video to cherish all of your memorable moments. On the home screen, tap

. Before taking a photo or recording a video, wipe the camera lens with a soft cloth. Be careful not to stain the camera lens with your fingers or other foreign substance. Images included in this user guide may be different from the actual device. Photos and videos can be viewed or edited from the Gallery. See Gallery overview for details. elses privacy or rights. Refrain from using the product for a purpose that may violate someone Useful Apps 66 Taking a photo You can take photos with the camera in the product. 1 Tap and focus on the subject. You can touch the subject to focus on. You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out. 2 Tap to take a photo. You can also press the Volume Down or Volume Up key to take a photo. screen. You can take a photo while recording a video by pressing on the The options displayed on the shooting screen may differ depending on the selected camera (front or rear) and camera mode. The camera will turn off automatically if you do not use it for a while after running the Camera app. You can run the camera app by short-pressing the power key twice. On Shortcuts and then tap Extensions the home screen, tap Settings Open Camera to activate it. When the screen is turned off or locked, start the camera by pressing the Volume Down key twice. On the home screen, tap Settings Extensions Shortcuts and then tap Open Camera to activate it. Useful Apps 67 Customising the camera options You can customise a variety of camera options to suit your preferences. Tap on the screen. Available options vary depending on the selected camera (front or rear camera) and the selected camera mode. Photo size Select values for aspect ratio and size for taking photos. HDR Grid Obtain photos in vivid colours and get compensated effects even when they are taken against the light. These functions are provided by the high dynamic range (HDR) technology equipped in the camera. Display guide grids so that you can take photos or record videos based on the horizontal and vertical reference lines. Cheese shutter Allows you to take a photo by saying Cheese, Smile, Whiskey, Kimchi, or LG. Tag locations Save the image with GPS location data. Storage Select if you want to store the pictures and videos in the Internal storage or SD card. (Available when a memory card is inserted.) Help Provide Help for each camera menu. Useful Apps 68 Additional options on the front camera Selfie distortion correction Corrects distorted parts of the face. Save as flipped Saves as flipped images when taking a selfie. Selfie shot Take a selfie by selecting its option between Gesture shot and Auto shot. You can apply the make-up effect when taking a selfie using the front camera. Gesture shot is taken by recognizing the shape of a hand and Auto shot is taken by recognizing a face. Mode Selection You can conveniently select from the modes displayed on the screen which are selected to suit the shooting environment. Tap or right to select a camera mode. and swipe the camera modes left or right, or swipe the screen left Useful Apps 69 Using camera modes Recording a video 1 Tap 2 Tap to record a video. and select Video by swiping camera modes. To take a photo while recording a video, tap To pause the video recording, tap

. To resume the video recording, While recording a video, you may spread or pinch two fingers to While recording a video, you may tap the desired area to adjust the tap

. zoom in or out. brightness. 3 Tap to end the video recording. Useful Apps 70 Taking a photo Tap See Taking a photo for more details. and select Photo by swiping camera modes. Taking a photo with the AI feature When taking a photo, the AI feature recognises a subject and applies the optimum effect to the photo. Tap to deactivate the AI feature. Using additional camera modes Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. Macro You can take a close-up of a subject. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Useful Apps 71 Panorama You can create a panoramic photo by moving the camera in one direction to photograph and stitch continuous shots of a wide view. 1 Tap 2 Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. x1.0

. Select a zoom from

. 3 Tap 4 Tap and then slowly move the camera in one direction. to stop capturing the panoramic. When moving the camera in one direction, make sure that the screen you shoot is not out of the guide line. Useful Apps 72 Flash Jump-Cut Photos taken at a regular interval are saved as GIF files. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Photos are taken every 3 seconds and saved as a GIF file. Tap take. on the screen to select the number of photos you want to While taking photos, tap to create GIF files with previously taken photos. The flash automatically turns on to act as a timer. The shots taken this time and the total number of shots are displayed at the bottom of the screen. All taken photos are saved as GIF files only. You may not change the GIF speed nor image order. YouTube Live You can record a video and directly upload to YouTube. To use this feature, you must meet the eligibility requirements. Contact YouTube for the requirements. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select More by swiping camera modes, then tap

. YouTube Live is available only when your device is connected to the Internet. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. Useful Apps 73 Useful camera features Google Lens You can get more information or take action on items around you using Google Lens, like landmarks, posters, restaurant menus, animals, flowers, or barcodes, directly in the device. Auto-Exposure/Auto-Focus lock You can fix the current exposure level and focus position by touching and holding the screen in the Auto mode. To turn off the feature, tap a blank area on the screen. This feature is available only in specific modes. Useful Apps 74 Switching between cameras You can switch between the front and rear cameras to suit your environment. To switch between the front and rear cameras, swipe the screen up or down on the shooting screen in the Camera app. Use the front camera to take selfies. See Selfie shot for details. Zoom in or out You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out when you take photos or videos. Zoom in/out function is not available in the selfie mode (front camera). This function is not supported in a number of modes. Useful Apps 75 Using the Burst Shot You can take consecutive photos and view them as moving pictures in the Gallery. 1 Tap 2 Tap and hold and select Photo. Multiple, consecutive photos are taken while you are holding down

. Gesture shot You can take selfies by using gestures. Show your palm to the front camera and then clench your fist. You can also clench your fist and then open it towards the front camera. In three seconds, a photo is taken. To use this feature, switch to the front camera mode, then tap Make sure that your palm and fist are within the reference line so that This feature may not be available while using some of the camera Selfie shot Gesture shot. the camera can detect them. features. Useful Apps 76 Auto shot You can use the face detection feature to take selfies easily and conveniently. You can set the device so that, when you look at the screen, the front camera detects your face and takes a selfie automatically. The white coloured guide frame appears when the front camera detects your face. If the subject within the guide frame stops moving, the guide frame colour turns yellow, then the camera takes a photo. Tap Selfie shot Auto shot to enable the Auto shot feature. Interval shot You can take selfies at an interval. While using the front camera, you can show your palm to the camera, then clench your fist twice quickly. Four photos are taken at regular intervals after a timer delay of three seconds. Save as flipped Before taking a photo with the front camera, tap The image is flipped horizontally. Save as flipped. When using the front camera, you can change how selfies are taken in the camera options. See Customising the camera options for details. Selfie shot You can use the front camera to view your face on the screen and take selfies. 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Tap and select Photo by swiping camera modes. to switch to the front camera. to take photos. Tap to apply various beauty effects. Useful Apps 77 Gallery Gallery overview You can view and manage photos and videos saved on your device. Viewing photos You can view the photos saved to the product. 1 Tap 2 Tap a desired photo. and select a desired folder. The Gallery folder contains Photos, Albums, Memories and Play. Details menu appears when the screen is lightly touched. Touching the screen once again makes the menu disappear. Useful Apps 78 Playing a video You can view the videos saved to the product. To adjust the sound volume, drag the right side of the video screen up To adjust the screen brightness, drag the left side of the screen up or or down. down. Dragging the screen to the left on the video play screen allows you to rewind (REW) and dragging to the right allows you to fast forward (FF). Useful Apps 79 Deleting files You can delete files by using one of the following options:

Touch and hold a file from the file list, then tap Delete. Deleted files are automatically moved to restored to the Gallery within 7 days. Trash and they can be Tap to completely delete the files. In this case, the files cannot be restored. Sharing files You can share files by using one of the following options:

While viewing photo or video, tap to share the file by using the method you want. If you take photos or videos after you tap

, the location-specific memories album is automatically created after a certain time under the Memories tab of Gallery. Tag locations Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Some files may not be opened due to encoding. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. You need to activate the GPS feature to create Memory albums. Useful Apps 80 Creating a movie You can create a new movie by putting images and videos together. 1 Tap 2 Select images or videos for your movie and tap Create movie. 3 Edit the selected images and videos and then tap Save. Create movie. and select A maximum of 50 videos can be used to create a movie. Useful Apps 81 Making a GIF You can easily make a GIF file using recorded video. Tap Making a GIF. and select Creating video 1 At the desired starting point while watching a video, tap 2 Select the length of the GIF you want to create. GIF is generated for the time selected from the specified starting point. For videos that are less than 5 seconds, GIF images are automatically generated for the remaining time. Creating GIF Photographs 1 In the photograph list in the Gallery, tap 2 Select a picture to turn into a GIF photograph, and then tap Create Create GIF. GIF. You can add/delete a photograph, adjust the speed or screen ratio, and set the photograph order. Creating GIF photographs is a function provided for the user to produce creative images. Violating rights such as intellectual property right or defaming the reputation of another person by using the creating GIF photographs function may lead to a civil or criminal liability in accordance with the related laws. Be cautious not to copy or transmit another persons work without authorization. LG Electronics is not liable in any way for such acts by users. You can select up to 100 photographs to produce when you create a GIF. Useful Apps 82 Contacts Contacts overview You can save and manage contacts. On the home screen, tap Essentials Contacts. Adding contacts Adding new contacts 1 On the contact list screen, tap

. Select the location you want. 2 Enter contact details and tap Save. A pop-up appears for selecting the saving location for contact. Importing contacts You can import contacts from another storage device. 1 On the contact list screen, tap 2 Select the source and target locations of the contact you want to Manage contacts Import. import, and then tap OK. 3 Select the contacts and tap Import. Adding contacts to the speed dial list 1 On the contact list screen, tap Speed dial. 2 Tap Add contact from a speed dial number. 3 Select a contact. While adding a new contact, tap to add a speed dial number. Useful Apps 83 Searching for contacts You can search for contacts by using one of the following options:

Tap the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and enter the desired contact or phone number you want to search for. Scroll the contact list up or down. From the index of the contact list screen, tap the initial letter of a contact. Pressing the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and entering a contact or phone number brings up the integrated search results from the call history and contacts list saved onto the product. Contacts list Editing contacts 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap 3 Tap Save to save changes. and edit details. Deleting contacts You can delete contacts by using one of the following options:

On the contact list screen, touch and hold a contact you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Delete on the contact list screen. Deleted contacts may not be restored. Useful Apps 84 Adding favourites You can register frequently used contacts as favourites. 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap

. Creating groups 1 On the contacts group list, tap 2 Enter a new group name. 3 Tap Add members, select contacts, then tap Add. 4 Tap Save to save the new group. QuickMemo+

QuickMemo+ overview You can make creative notes by using a variety of options on this advanced notepad feature, such as image management and screenshots, which are not supported by the conventional notepad. This device supports the Active Pen AES2.0 (Active Electrostatic). QuickMemo+. Creating a note 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap to create a note.

: Save a note.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Enter a note by using the keypad.

: Save your favorite pen types.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes. Useful Apps 85

: Access additional options. 3 Tap to save the note. Writing notes on a screenshot 1 While viewing the screen you want to capture, drag the status bar downwards and then tap The screen is captured and displayed as a thumbnail on the right

. bottom of the screen. 2 To write notes on the screen, tap 3 Write notes using the tools.

: Zoom in or out, or adjust the area to capture.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Crop the screen as you desire. 4 Tap and save the notes. Saved notes can be viewed in Gallery. Useful Apps 86 Additional features after capturing a screenshot You can capture the entire screen by using the scroll capture feature. While using an app such as Messaging and Chrome, drag the notifications panel downwards and then tap to capture the entire screen you are currently viewing as a single file. This feature is available only on some apps that support the scroll

. Then, tap Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to change the memo capture feature. layout. Useful Apps 87 Clock Alarm You can set an alarm to trigger it at a specified time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap 3 Configure the alarm settings and tap Save. to add a new alarm. Clock Alarm. If you select a previously set alarm, you can edit the alarm. To delete an alarm, tap touch and hold the alarm. Delete at the top of the screen. You can also World clock You can view the current time in cities around the world. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap and add a city. Clock World clock. Timer You can set the timer to trigger an alarm after a specified period of time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Set the time and tap Start. Timer. Clock To suspend the timer, tap Pause. To resume the timer, tap Resume. 3 Tap Stop to stop the timer alarm. Useful Apps 88 Stopwatch You can use the stopwatch to record a lap time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Start to initiate the stopwatch. Clock To record a lap time, tap Lap. 3 Tap Pause to suspend the stopwatch. Stopwatch. To resume the stopwatch, tap Resume. To clear all the records and restart the stopwatch, tap Reset. Calculator You can use two types of calculators: the simple calculator and the scientific calculator. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Use the keypad to make a calculation. Calculator. If you want to calculate from the beginning, tap and hold

. Useful Apps 89 Music You can play and manage songs or music albums. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Select a category. 3 Select a music file. Music. Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. Music files may be protected by international copyright owners or copyright laws. You may have to obtain legal permission before copying a music file. To download or copy a music file, first check the copyright law for the relevant country. This model supports Hi-Fi audio playback. Hi-Fi audio files display the Hi-Fi icon. If you set the flashlight, flashlight blinks to fit the music being played. Useful Apps 90 ThinQ You can easily connect the product with IoT appliances to monitor and conveniently use the appliances. On the home screen, tap Essentials ThinQ. Washing machine, dryer, styler, dishwasher, oven, and robot cleaner can only be registered when the product is in the standby mode. Look for the ThinQ mark on the product to see if it can be connected to ThinQ app. Tap to check various function of the ThinQ app. FM Radio You can listen to FM radio. On the home screen, tap Essentials FM Radio. To use this app, first connect earphones to the device. The earphones function as the radio antenna. This function may not be supported depending on the area. Useful Apps 91 Audio Recorder You can record and save your voice or others voices from important events. Recorded voice files can be played back or shared. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Audio Recorder. To pause recording, tap

. 3 Tap to end the recording. 4 Tap to play the recorded voice. The file is saved automatically and the recorded files screen appears. Tap to view the recorded files. You can play a recorded voice file from the list. Game Launcher You can set whether to use the game launcher where you can view the list of games installed on the product and select game settings such as muting media volume, limiting alerts, etc. 1 On the home screen, tap Game Launcher. 2 Select the desired option. Useful Apps 92 Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the home screen, tap Management Smart Doctor. LG Mobile Switch Easily transfer data from a used device to a new device via LG Mobile Switch. 1 On the home screen, tap Management LG Mobile Switch. You can also tap Settings LG Mobile Switch. If the app is not installed on the product, download and install the System Backup LG Mobile Switch app from the Google Play Store. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions to select a desired method for transfer. Data in a Google Account will not be backed up. When you synchronise your Google Account, Google apps, Google contacts, Google Calendar, Google memo app data and apps downloaded from the Play Store are stored on the Drive app automatically. Fully charge the battery before transferring data to avoid unintentional powering off during the process. App trash You can see the list of apps deleted on the home screen. The app that was deleted within the last 24 hours can be recovered. On the home screen, tap Management For more details, refer to App trash. App trash. Useful Apps 93 RemoteCall Service Your device can be remotely diagnosed for resolving issues. First, make a phone call to an LG Customer Service Centre as follows:

To use this function, first you must agree to usage of the function. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage depending on your pricing plan. 1 On the home screen, tap Services 2 Connect a call to an LG Customer Service Centre. 3 After the call connects, follow the service associates instructions to RemoteCall Service. enter a six-digit access number. Your device is remotely connected and the remote support service starts. Cell Broadcast You can view real-time text broadcasts on emergency situations, such as typhoons, floods and earthquakes. On the home screen, tap Services Cell Broadcast. Google apps You can use Google apps by setting a Google Account. The Google Account registration window appears automatically when you use a Google app for the first time. If you do not have a Google Account, create one from your device. For details on how to use an app, see the Help in the app. Some apps may not work depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 94 Calendar The Calendar app allows you to track your schedule of events (that you created), organised by Day, 3-day, Week or Month. Chrome A fast, simple, and secure web browser, built for the modern web. Docs Docs is a collaborative, word-processing tool that powers productivity. Use Docs to create, edit and work together in real-time. Drive Drive is a file storage and sharing app that makes it easy to find, share and collaborate on work projects from anywhere, instantly. Gmail Gmail is an easy to use mail app that keeps your messages safe, makes your inbox smarter, and helps you stay organised. Google The Google app keeps you in the know about the things you care about. Find quick answers, explore your interests, and get a feed of stories and updates on topics that matter to you. Maps Going somewhere? Go with Maps, the app you can rely on for real-time GPS navigation, traffic, transit, and details about millions of places, such as reviews and popular times. Photos Home for all your photos and videos, automatically organised so you can share and save what matters. Useful Apps 95 Play Movies & TV Use your Google Account to rent or purchase movies. Purchase content and play it anywhere. YT Music A new music streaming service from YouTube. Sheets Sheets is a collaborative spreadsheet processing tool that powers productivity. Use Sheets to import, organise and analyse information together in real-time. Slides Google Slides is a collaborative presentation creation tool that powers productivity. Use Slides to organise information, present results, and make decisions together in real-time. YouTube Watch your favourite channels, listen to music you love, and upload videos to share with people around the world. Assistant Your device has the Google Assistant built-in. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To get started, just tap the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone or touch and hold the home button of the phone. The Google Assistant is not available in certain languages and countries. Files You can view and manage files saved on your device. Useful Apps 96 04 Settings Settings You can customise the device settings in accordance with your preferences. On the home screen, tap Settings. If you enter a keyword on the search window at the top of the screen, you can conveniently run the items that need to be set. Network & internet Dual SIM card You can configure Dual SIM settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following functions:

Dual SIM Card. SIM card 1: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 1. SIM card 2: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 2. SIM card color theme: Change the colour themes for the SIM cards. Cost save mode: Activate or deactivate the cost save mode. In the cost save mode, if you make a call to a contact to which a specific SIM is assigned, this SIM is used for the call even if the other SIM is active, for example, it is using mobile data. Mobile data: Select a SIM card you want to use for mobile data service. You can also turn off this function. Data roaming: Select this option to enable the device to use mobile data when you are roaming outside your home network area. Mobile data during calls: Access mobile data using the nondefault data SIM card temporarily during an HD voice call with the same card. Settings 98 Wi-Fi You can connect to nearby devices over a Wi-Fi network. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Available Wi-Fi networks appear automatically. Wi-Fi. 3 Select a network. You may need to enter the networks Wi-Fi password. The device skips this process for previously accessed Wi-Fi networks. If you do not want to automatically connect to a certain Wi-Fi network, tap the network and then tap Forget. Wi-Fi network settings On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Switch to mobile data: If the mobile data connection function is activated but the device cannot connect to the Internet via Wi-Fi connection, the device automatically connects to the Internet via the mobile data connection. Wi-Fi. This feature depends on the service provider.

: Customise Wi-Fi network settings. Wi-Fi Direct You can connect your device to other devices that support Wi-Fi Direct to share data directly with them. You do not need an access point. You can connect with more than two devices by using Wi-Fi Direct. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Wi-Fi Advanced Wi-Fi Nearby devices that support Wi-Fi Direct automatically appear. Wi-Fi Direct. Settings 99 2 Select a device. Connection occurs when the device accepts the connection request. The battery may drain faster when using Wi-Fi Direct. Mobile data You can turn mobile data on and off. You can also manage mobile data usage. Turning on mobile data 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Customising mobile data settings 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile data. Mobile data. Mobile data: Set to use data connections on mobile networks. Limit mobile data usage: Set a limit for mobile data usage to block mobile data if the limit is reached.

: Customise mobile data settings. Data usage volume is measured based on the product, and the volume calculated by your mobile provider may be different. Settings 100 Call You can customise call settings, such as voice call and international call options. Some features may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the settings. Call. Tethering USB tethering You can connect the device to another device via USB and share mobile data. 1 Connect your device and other devices via USB cable. 2 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering USB tethering and then tap to activate it. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. When connecting to a computer, download the USB driver from www.lg.com and install it on the computer. You cannot send or receive files between your device and a computer while USB tethering is turned on. Turn off USB tethering to send or receive files. Operating systems that support tethering are Window XP or higher, or Linux. Settings 101 Wi-Fi hotspot You can set the device as a wireless router so that other devices can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Wi-Fi hotspot and then tap to activate it. 2 Tap Set up Wi-Fi hotspot, and enter the Wi-Fi name (SSID) and password. 3 Turn on Wi-Fi on the other device, and select the name of the device network on the Wi-Fi list. 4 Enter the network password. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#wifi Wi-Fi hotspot turn off timer When the Wi-Fi hotspot has not been used for a specific period of time, it is automatically disconnected. You can set the time for automatic disconnection. Bluetooth tethering A Bluetooth-connected device can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Bluetooth tethering and then tap to activate it. 2 Turn on Bluetooth on both devices and pair them. Settings 102 This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#Bluetooth_tethering Help You can view help on using tethering and hotspots. On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Help. Airplane mode You can turn off the call and mobile data functions. When this mode is on, functions that do not involve data, such as games and music playback, remain available. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap Turn on in the confirmation screen. Airplane mode. Mobile networks You can customise the mobile networks settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile networks. Network mode: Select a network type. Access Point Names: View or change the access point for using mobile data services. To change the access point, select a choice from the access point list. Network operators: Search for network operators and connect automatically to a network. Settings 103 VPN You can connect to a safe virtual network, such as an intranet. You can also manage connected virtual private networks. Adding VPN 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap

. VPN. This feature is available only when the screen lock is activated. If the screen lock is deactivated, a notification screen appears. Tap Change from the notification screen to activate the screen lock. See Setting a screen lock for details. 3 Enter VPN details and tap Save. Configuring VPN settings 1 Tap a VPN from the VPNS list. 2 Enter the VPN user account details and tap Connect. To save the account details, select the Save account information checkbox. Private DNS You can configure the Private DNS (Domain Name System) options. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Select the desired option and tap Save. Private DNS. Settings 104 Connected devices Bluetooth You can connect your device to nearby devices that support Bluetooth to exchange data with them. Connect your device to a Bluetooth headset and a keyboard. This makes it easier to control the device. Pairing with another device 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to activate it. Available devices appear automatically. To refresh the device list, tap

. Bluetooth. Only devices set as visible are displayed on the list. 3 Select a device from the list. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions to perform authentication. This step is skipped for previously accessed devices. Sending data via Bluetooth 1 Select a file. You can send multimedia files or contacts. Bluetooth. 2 Tap 3 Select a target device for the file. The file is sent as soon as the target device accepts it. File sharing processes may differ, depending on the file. Settings 105 Sharing panel You can share contents from Gallery, Music and File Manager with nearby devices. Also you can share the content with specific people in apps that work with Google Direct Share. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to deactivate each option. Sharing panel. Nearby devices: You can display the nearby devices to which you can share contents on the Gallery, Music, and File Manager apps. Direct share: From an app which supports Google Direct Share, you can display an icon which allows you to share contents to specific people. File sharing You can send and receive files between your device and other LG devices or tablets. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Customise the following settings:

K52: Change the device name. Save to: Set the destination folder to save files sent from other File sharing. devices in. Beam. File sharing: Permit receipt of files sent from other devices. SmartShare Beam: Share files with other devices via SmartShare Help: You can view help on sharing files. Settings 106 Printing You can connect your device to a Bluetooth printer and print photos or documents saved on the device. On the settings screen, tap Connected devices Tap Default Print Service to search for printers you can connect to. Or, Printing. tap Tap Add printer to manually add a printer. Add service to download the printer app you want. This is available only when the mobile network or the Bluetooth function is turned on. account. To down the printer app in Add service, first log on to your Google Sound Silent. You can customise sound, vibrate and notification settings. On the settings screen, tap Sound and customise the following settings:

Sound profile: Change the sound mode to Sound, Vibrate only, or Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items. Ringtone: Select a ringtone for incoming calls. Add or delete ringtones. Notification sound: Select a notification ringtone. Set music saved on the device as a notification ringtone. Ring with vibration: Set the device to vibrate and play a ringtone simultaneously. contact. ringtone. Ringtone ID: Create a ringtone for an incoming call from a particular Flash alert for incoming call: Set the flash to blink according to LG Settings 107 Do not disturb: Set the time, range and app type to receive notification messages. Receive notification messages only on particular days of the week. Sound quality and effects: Use the function to set the sound quality and effects while playing a song or video.

- Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items.

- Normalize volume: Use the function to normalise the volumes of different sound sources.

- Equalizer: Use the function to adjust the equaliser settings.

- LG 3D Sound Engine: Use the function to play music or video in three-dimensional, immersive and vivid sound when earphones, speaker or other external audio devices are connected. See LG 3D Sound Engine for details. Vibration type: You can select the type of vibration when receiving Dialing keypad sound: Select the keypad sound effect. Touch sound: Select a sound effect for tapping an item. Screen lock sound: Select a sound effect when the screen is locked or calls. unlocked. Notifications You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications. 1 On the settings screen, tap Notifications. 2 Customise the settings as desired. Settings 108 Display You can customise detailed settings for each screen type. On the settings screen, tap Display and customise the following settings:

Home screen: Customise settings for the Home screen. See Home screen settings for details. Navigation bar: Set the style of the navigation bar with Gestures or Buttons only. you can also change the button combination when you set Buttons only as a style of the navigation bar. For details, see Using Navigation bar. Status bar: Set the color of the status bar on the top of the screen, or set the notification icon display and battery percentage display. Comfort view: Set the device to reduce amount of blue light on screen to reduce eye strain. the screen at night time. Night mode: You can apply a dimmed screen theme to avoid glare on Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Accent color: Change the point color for settings, menus, notification windows, etc. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Full screen apps: Adjust the screen size of apps. Brightness: Use the slide bar to change the devices screen brightness. To automatically adjust screen brightness according to ambient light intensity, tap the Auto switch. Auto: Set the device so that the screen brightness is automatically adjusted in accordance with the ambient light intensity. Screen timeout: Automatically turn off the screen when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically rotate the screen according to the devices orientation. Settings 109 Screen saver: Display a screen saver when the device is connected to the holder or charger. Select a screen saver type to display. One-handed screen: Make the screen size smaller to conveniently use the device with one hand. Drag the Home touch button at the bottom of the screen to the left or right. Wallpaper & theme You can select wallpaper, screen theme, icon style or AOD (Always-on Display) for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Wallpaper & theme. 2 Tap Wallpaper or Theme to customise the settings. Lock screen & security You can customise lock screen and security settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Lock screen & security. 2 Customise the settings. Google Play Protect: Scan your device daily for potentially harmful apps. Find My Device: Remotely track the device location. You can also protect your data securely if you lost your device. Security update: Check for software update and configure automatic installation settings. Select screen lock: Select the desired screen lock method. See Setting a screen lock for details. Customize Lock screen: Change the information displayed on the locked screen. Secure lock settings: Change the secure lock settings. Fingerprints: Use your fingerprint to unlock the screen or content. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Settings 110 Content lock: Allow you to set a lock type (password or pattern) for your Gallery files. Encryption & credentials: Configure the settings for SD card encryption and credentials.

- Encrypt SD card: Encrypt the memory card to prevent use on another device. See Memory card encryption for details.

- Credential protection: View the type of the storage where the security certificate will be saved.

- Trusted credentials: View your systems root CA certificates and user-installed CA certificates.

- User credentials: View and change secure certificate information stored on your device.

- Install from storage: Install a secure certificate from a storage.

- Clear credentials: Delete user-installed secure certificates and related credentials. Phone administrators: Allow privileges to restrict the control or use of the device to particular apps. Trust agents: View and use trust agents installed on the device. Screen pin: Fix the app screen so that only the currently active app can be used. Usage access: View details on usage of apps on the device. Settings 111 Privacy You can find and adjust all your privacy settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Privacy. 2 Customise the settings. Permission manager: Allows you to check and change the permissions granted to the apps. Lock screen: Allows you to set notifications to show on the lock screen. Make passwords visible: Enable this option to briefly show each character of the password as you type it so you can see what youve entered. Auto-fill service from Google: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use the Google Autocomplete feature, or add a new service account. Google location history: Allows you to enable or disable Location History. When enabled, Google periodically stores and uses your phones most recent location data in connection with your Google Account. From the Location History screen, tap your location data. to view and/or manage Activity controls: Select activities and information which you want Ads: Allows you to check the advertising ID and set the personalised Google to save. ads. Usage & diagnostics: Enable this option to help improve the Android experience by automatically sending diagnostic, device, and app usage data to Google. Settings 112 Location You can check how your location information is shared and configure the permission to access your location information. On the settings screen, tap Location and set the desired function. Extensions Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the settings screen, tap Extensions Smart Doctor. Gaming You can configure settings for game tools, graphics and battery saving feature. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings:

Gaming. Game Launcher: Tap Game tools: You can run the function while playing games by touching the game tools icon among the home touch buttons. to use the game launcher. Game graphics: Adjust the game graphics. When you change the resolutions on some games, the screen display feature may not work properly. This function may not be available in certain game apps. Break time: Reduce the screen brightness and performance whenever you leave the game running for more than 5 minutes. Settings 113 Dual App You can install duplicate messenger apps on the product and use two accounts at the same time. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 After reading the disclaimer, tap Confirm. 3 In the list of available apps, tap Install to install a copy of a desired app Dual App. and follow the on-screen instructions. On the screen, the list of available dual apps is shown. During installation, app icons are generated on the home screen. Shortcuts You can use buttons such as the Lock/Power, Volume, and Google Assistant to run certain apps or functions right away. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings. Shortcuts. Open Camera: Press Power key twice to open Camera. Open Screen-off memo: Press Volume Up key twice to open Screen-off memo when the screen is locked or off. Open Camera: Press Volume Down key twice to open Camera when the screen is locked or off. Open Google Assistant: Press the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone. Talk to Google Assistant: Press and hold the Google Assistant key to quickly talk to your Assistant. Google Assistant does not support certain languages. Settings 114 KnockON Double-tap the screen to turn the screen on or off. See KnockON for details. Apps You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications, app permissions, and more. 1 On the settings screen, tap Apps. 2 Customise the settings. Battery You can view the current battery information or turn on power-saving mode. 1 On the settings screen, tap Battery. 2 Customise the following settings:

Battery usage: View the battery usage details. Adaptive battery: Allow you to save the battery by stopping apps running in the background. Background restrictions: Enable this option to restrict background apps to save the battery while using the device. Restricted apps for power saving may not work properly or may not send you notifications. Battery saver: Reduce battery consumption by cutting down some device settings, such as the display brightness, speed and vibration intensity. Power saving exclusions: Select apps to use without any functional limitation while in power saving or battery optimisation mode. Settings 115 Storage You can view and manage internal storage on the device or storage space of the memory card. 1 On the settings screen, tap Storage. 2 Customise the following settings:

Internal storage: View the total storage space and free space in the devices internal storage. View a list of apps in use and the storage capacity for each app. SD card: View the total storage space and free space in the memory card. This option appears only when a memory card is inserted. To unmount the memory card, tap

. Accounts You can add users to share your device and register a cloud account. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accounts. 2 Customise the settings. Digital Wellbeing & parental controls You can view the product use time and set the timer for each app. Also, you can manage the mobile phone use time by using the Sleep Preparation Mode and Focus Mode. Select Digital Wellbeing & parental controls on the settings screen and set the desired function. Settings 116 You can use Google settings to manage your Google apps and account settings. On the settings screen, tap Google. Google System Update centre You can check and install the latest version of the app or software provided by LG. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Update center. App Updates: Check if an app update is available. If available, you can install the update. Software Update: Check if a software update is available. If available, you can install the update. Language & keyboard You can customise language and keyboard settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Language & keyboard. Language: Select a language to apply for the device. Manage keyboards: You can change the products basic keyboard setting, set the use environments for LG Keyboard or other installed keyboards, and set the speech recognition function for Google Voice input. Also, you can set whether to display the keyboard button in the touch button area on the home screen so that you can quickly switch to another keyboard. Settings 117 Physical keyboard: Select to use the physical keyboard, or check keyboard shortcut keys. Spell Checker. Spell checker: Allows you to set various options for the Google Autofill service: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use Google Autocomplete, or add a new service account. Text-to-speech output: Configure the settings for text-to-speech output. Pointer speed: Adjust the pointer speed of a mouse or trackpad. Reverse mouse buttons: Reverse the right mouse button to perform primary direct-manipulation actions. Date & time You can customise date and time settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the settings. Date & time. Memory You can view the average amount of memory usage over a certain period of time and the memory occupied by an app. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Tap to set a time slot to retrieve data. Memory. Settings 118 Backup You can back up data saved on your device to another device or account. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Backup. LG Mobile Switch: Allow you to transfer data from an old LG device to your new LG device. See LG Mobile Switch for details. Backup & restore: Back up your device data or restore data to your device from a backup. Resetting your device may delete backup files saved in storage. Make sure to copy and store the important backup files to your PC. Google backup: Change Google drive backup settings. You can also check the backup account currently used, or add a new backup account. Restart & reset You can reset the device including network and app settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Restart & reset. Auto-restart: Automatically restart and optimise the phone at a to activate this feature. The device automatically set time. Tap restarts at a set time and optimise itself. Select a date and time for restart. Settings 119 You can set the device to restart itself once a week. The device automatically restarts in an hour from the preset time. Once the device restarts, notifications and badges are erased. Save important data before the preset time. The Auto-restart feature is not activated in the following situations:

When the screen is turned on, when the device is in use, when the battery level is 30% or less, or when the USIM card is locked.

- Depending on the telecommunication provider, the auto-restart function may or may not be available. Network settings reset: Reset Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and other network settings. data. Reset app preferences: Reset the settings for an app. The data saved in the app will not be deleted. Factory data reset: Reset all settings for the device and delete Restarting and resetting your device deletes all data on it. Enter your device name, Google Account and other initial information again. After data initialization, the data cannot be restored. About phone You can view information about your device, such as the name, status, software details and legal information. On the settings screen, tap System About phone and view information. Regulatory & safety You can view regulatory marks and related information on your device. On the settings screen, tap System Regulatory & safety. Settings 120 Accessibility You can manage accessibility plug-ins installed on your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accessibility. 2 Customise the following settings:

Vision TalkBack: Set the device to notify screen status or actions via voice. information via voice. Vision Voice notifications: Set the device to read the caller Vision Vision Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Touch zoom: Zoom in or out by tapping the screen three Window zoom: Zoom in or out within a window and invert Vision times. Vision the colour. Vision Vision Large mouse pointer: Magnify the mouse pointer. High contrast screen: Turn the background colour into black for a high contrast screen. Vision Screen color inversion: Increase the display colour contrast for people with low vision. Vision Vision Vision Screen color adjustment: Adjust the display colour. Monochrome: Switch the screen to grayscale mode. End call with the Power key: End a call by pressing the Power/Lock key. Hearing Caption preferences: Turn on the subtitle service when playing videos for the hearing impaired. Hearing Flash alerts: Set the device to notify you with a blinking light for incoming calls, messages and alarms. Settings 121 Hearing Mute all sounds: Mute all sounds and lower volume on the receiver. Hearing Hearing Audio channel: Select the audio type. Sound balance: Adjust the audio output balance. Use the slide bar to change the balance. Motor & cognition Touch assistant: Turn on the touch board to make buttons and gestures easier to use. Motor & cognition Touch input: Enter text by touching and holding the screen or modify it by simply touching the screen. Motor & cognition Physical keyboard: Customise the keyboard settings. Motor & cognition Auto mouse click: Automatically click the mouse pointer in case of no movement. Motor & cognition Touch and hold for calls: Answer or decline calls by touching and holding the call button instead of dragging it. Motor & cognition Screen timeout: Turn off the screen automatically when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Motor & cognition Touch control areas: Limit the touch area so that only a particular portion of the screen can be controlled by touch input. Accessibility features shortcut: Quickly access a frequently used function by tapping three times. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically change the screen orientation according to the physical position of the device. Select to Speak: Allow you to tap items to hear spoken feedback. Switch Access: Create key combinations to control your device. Settings 122 05 Appendix LG Language Settings Select a language to use on your device. On the home screen, tap Settings Language Add language, and select a language. System Language & keyboard

- Touch and hold and drag it to the top of the language list to set it as a default language. LG Bridge LG Bridge overview You can back up contacts, photos and more to the computer or update the device software. See LG Bridge help for details. The supported features may vary depending on the device. LG USB driver is a necessary program to connect your LG smartphone with the computer and is installed when you install LG Bridge. LG Bridge functions Back up data from the device to a computer or restore data from a computer to the device via USB cable connection. Update the device software from a computer via USB cable connection. Appendix 124 Installing LG Bridge on a computer 1 Go to www.lg.com from your computer. 2 Select your region. 3 Click Support 4 Enter the name of your device. Software & Firmware. OR Select by the Product Category. 5 Go to PC Sync LG Bridge to download the setup file. Go to Details to view the minimum requirements for installing LG Bridge. Phone software update LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet For more information about using this function, please visit http://www.lg.com/common/index.jsp, select your country and language. This feature allows you to conveniently update the firmware on your phone to a newer version from the Internet without needing to visit a service centre. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. Because the mobile phone firmware update requires the users full attention for the duration of the update process, please make sure you check all instructions and notes that appear at each step before proceeding. Please note that removing the USB cable during the upgrade may seriously damage your mobile phone. LG reserves the right to make firmware updates available only for selected models at its own discretion and does not guarantee the availability of the newer version of the firmware for all handset models. Appendix 125 LG Mobile Phone software update via Over-

the-Air (OTA) This feature allows you to conveniently update your phones software to a newer version via OTA, without connecting a USB cable. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. To perform the phone software update, Settings for update. Software Update Update center Check now System Your personal data from internal phone storageincluding information about your Google Account and any other accounts, your system/

application data and settings, any downloaded applications and your DRM licencemight be lost in the process of updating your phones software. Therefore, LG recommends that you backup your personal data before updating your phones software. LG does not take responsibility for any loss of personal data. This feature depends on the area or service provider. Appendix 126 Anti-Theft Guide Set up your device to prevent other people from using it if it's been reset to factory settings without your permission. For example, if your device is lost, stolen, or wiped, only someone with your Google Account or screen lock information can use the device. All you need to make sure your device is protected is:

Set a screen lock: If your device is lost or stolen but you have a screen lock set, the device can't be erased using the Settings menu unless your screen is unlocked. Add your Google Account on your device: If your device is wiped but you have your Google Account on it, the device can't finish the setup process until your Google Account information is entered again. After your device is protected, you'll need to either unlock your screen or enter your Google Account password if you need to do a factory reset. This ensures that you or someone you trust is doing the reset. Do not forget your Google Account and password you had added to your device prior to performing a factory reset. If you can't provide the account information during the setup process, you won't be able to use the device at all after performing the factory reset. Appendix 127 Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) Regulatory & safety. For regulatory details, go to Settings System Appendix 128 Trademarks Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. LG and the LG logo are registered trademarks of LG Group and its related entities. Google, Google Maps, Gmail, YouTube, Google Duo, Google Play, Android, Chrome, Google Photos, Google Play Protect, Google Calendar, Google Docs, Google Drive, Google Sheets and other related marks and logos are trademarks of Google LLC. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. worldwide. Wi-Fi and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their Alliance. respective owners. Appendix 129 Laser safety statement Caution!

This product employs a Laser system. To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owners manual carefully and retain for future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorised service centre. Use of controls, adjustments, or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure or make direct contact with the laser. DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Hereby, LG Electronics declares that this LM-K525HM product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/declaration Appendix 130 Contact office for compliance of this product LG Electronics European Shared Service Center B.V. Krijgsman 1, 1186 DM Amstelveen, The Netherlands Wi-Fi (WLAN) The use of the 5150 5350 MHz band is restricted to indoor use only. AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK UK AL ME RS MK TR BA XK Appendix 131 More information Tempered glass parts Tempered glass parts of this device are not permanent and they may wear out over time. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Center. You can purchase protective cases to protect your device from damage on the market. Note that these protective cases are not covered under the warranty service provided by LG Electronics and safety is not guaranteed. Aspect ratio This device uses 20.5:9 aspect ratio. Some downloaded apps may not support 20.5:9 aspect ratio. In this case, select the most optimal screen ratio for the app or consult the app provider for more information. Appendix 132 Guide to data transfers For the data that can be exchange between LG devices or between the LG device and a third party device, see the following table. LG device LG device Third party Android device LG device iOS device LG device Type Item details Contacts, messages, dial logs, calendar, voice recordings Personal data Memos Alarms Media data Photos, videos, songs, documents Screen settings Apps Home screen settings

(folders and widgets) Lock screen settings

(screen lock settings excluded) Downloaded apps Personal data of the downloaded app Public certificate Others Settings (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Calls, sound & notification, accessibility, battery) X X X X X X X X X

X X Some data may not be transmitted depending on the software version, app version, operating system, manufacturer or service providers policy. Appendix 133 Supported Frequency Bands Transmitter Output power GSM 900 GSM 1800 WCDMA VIII WCDMA I LTE B28 LTE B20 LTE B8 LTE B3 LTE B1 LTE B7 LTE B40 LTE B38 BT 2.4GHz WLAN 2.4GHz WLAN 5GHz XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm Travel Adapter Information can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc Appendix 134 Disposal of your old appliance 1. This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products (WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 2. Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3. You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling Disposal of waste batteries/accumulators 1. This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury

(Hg), cadmium (Cd) or lead (Pb) if the battery contains more than 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2. All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3. The correct disposal of your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 4. For more detailed information about disposal of your old batteries/

accumulators, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Appendix 135 FAQ This chapter lists some problems you might encounter when using your device. Some problems require you to call your service provider, but most are easy to fix yourself. SIM card error Make sure the SIM card is correctly inserted. No network connection or dropped network Signal is weak. Move to a window or an open area. You are outside the carrier network area. Move and check the network. Calls are not available New network not authorised. Make sure you have not set call barring for the incoming number. Make sure you have not set call barring for the number you are dialling. Device cannot be turned on When the battery is completely discharged, your device will not turn on. Fully charge the battery before turning on the device. Charging error Make sure device is charging at a normal temperature. Check the charger and its connection to the device. Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. The battery depletes faster than when first purchased When you expose the device or the battery to very cold or hot temperatures, the battery life may be reduced. Battery consumption will increase when you use certain features or apps, such as GPS, games or the Internet. The battery is consumable and the battery life will get shorter over time. Appendix 136 Error messages appear when launching the camera Charge the battery. Free some memory by transferring files to a computer or deleting files from your device. Restart the device. If you are still having trouble with the camera app after trying these tips, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. The photo quality is poor The quality of your photos may vary, depending on the surroundings and the photography techniques you use. If you take photos and videos, standard angle quality is better than wide-

angle. If you take photos in dark areas, at night or indoors, image noise may occur or images may be out of focus. If you have any problems, reset the options. The touch screen responds slowly or incorrectly If you attach a screen protector or optional accessories to the touch screen, the touch screen may not function properly. If you are wearing gloves, if your hands are not clean while touching the touch screen or if you tap the screen with sharp objects or your fingertips, the touch screen may malfunction. The touch screen may malfunction in humid conditions or when exposed to water. Restart your device to clear any temporary software bugs. If the touch screen is scratched or damaged, visit a LG Electronics Service Centre. Appendix 137 Hangs or freezes Restart the device If your device freezes or hangs, you may need to close apps or turn the device off and then on again. Perform a boot-up A soft reset may be used to reset the device if the screen freezes, or the buttons, touch screen or device are no longer responding. To perform a soft reset of your device, simply press and hold the Volume Down and Power keys until the device restarts. Reset the device If the methods above do not solve your problem, perform a factory data reset. On the settings screen, tap System Restart & reset Factory data reset.

- This method resets all settings for the device and deletes data. Before performing the factory data reset, remember to make back-

up copies of all important data stored in the device.

- If you registered a Google Account to the device, you must sign in to the same Google Account after resetting the device. Appendix 138 Bluetooth device is not located Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on your device. Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on the device you wish to connect to. Make sure your device and the other Bluetooth device are within the maximum Bluetooth range (10 m). If the tips above do not solve your problem, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. A connection is not established when you connect the device to a computer Make sure the USB cable you are using is compatible with your device. Make sure you have the proper driver installed and updated on your computer. Downloaded application causes a lot of errors Application has problems. Remove and reinstall the application. Appendix 139

E N G L I S H USER GUIDE LM-K525HMW Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. MFLXXXXXXXX (1.0) www.lg.com ENGLISH About this user guide Thank you for choosing this LG product. Please carefully read this user guide before using the device for the first time to ensure safe and proper use. Always use genuine LG accessories. The supplied items are designed only for this device and may not be compatible with other devices. Descriptions are based on the device default settings. Default apps on the device are subject to updates, and support for these apps may be withdrawn without prior notice. If you have any questions about an app provided with the device, please contact an LG Service Centre. For user-installed apps, please contact the relevant service provider. Modifying the devices operating system or installing software from unofficial sources may damage the device and lead to data corruption or data loss. Such actions will violate your LG licence agreement and void your warranty. Some content and illustrations may differ from your device, depending on the area, service provider, software version, or OS version, and are subject to change without prior notice. Software, audio, wallpaper, images, and other media supplied with your device are licenced for limited use. If you extract and use these materials for commercial or other purposes, you may be infringing copyright laws. As a user, you are fully responsible for the illegal use of media. Additional charges may incur for data services, such as messaging, uploading, downloading, auto-syncing and location services. To avoid additional charges, select a data plan suitable to your needs. Contact your service provider to obtain additional details. This user guide is written in major languages for each country. Depending on the language used, content may partly differ. 1 Instructional notices WARNING: Situations that could cause injury to the user and third parties. device. CAUTION: Situations that may cause minor injury or damage to the NOTE: Notices or additional information. About this user guide 2 Table of contents 6 Guidelines for safe and efficient use 01 02 Custom-designed Features 16 16 18 22 Multi-tasking feature Audio recording features Google Assistant Fingerprint recognition Basic Functions 26 Product components and accessories Parts overview Turning the power on or off Installing the SIM card Inserting the memory card Removing the memory card Battery Touch screen Home screen Screen lock 27 31 32 34 35 35 38 41 50 53 Memory card encryption 54 54 56 Taking screenshots Content sharing Do not disturb 3 Installing and uninstalling apps App Shortcuts Phone 03 Camera Gallery Contacts QuickMemo+

Clock Calculator Useful Apps 58 60 61 65 Messaging 66 78 83 85 88 89 90 Music 91 ThinQ FM Radio 91 Audio Recorder 92 Game Launcher 92 Smart Doctor 93 93 LG Mobile Switch App trash 93 RemoteCall Service 94 Cell Broadcast 94 94 Google apps 04 Settings Settings 98 98 Network & internet 105 Connected devices 107 Sound 108 Notifications 109 Display 110 Wallpaper & theme 110 Lock screen & security 112 Privacy 113 Location 113 Extensions 115 Apps 115 Battery 116 Storage 116 Accounts 116 Digital Wellbeing & parental controls 117 Google 117 System 121 Accessibility Table of contents 4 05 Appendix 124 LG Language Settings 124 LG Bridge 125 Phone software update 127 Anti-Theft Guide 128 Open Source Software Notice Information 128 Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) 129 Trademarks 130 Laser safety statement 130 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 131 Contact office for compliance of this product 131 Wi-Fi (WLAN) 132 More information 136 FAQ Table of contents 5 Guidelines for safe and efficient use Please read these simple guidelines. Not following these guidelines may be dangerous or illegal. Should a fault occur, a software tool is built into your device that will gather a fault log. This tool gathers only data specific to the fault, such as signal strength, cell ID position in sudden call drop and applications loaded. The log is used only to help determine the cause of the fault. These logs are encrypted and can only be accessed by an authorised LG Repair centre should you need to return your device for repair. Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information. This device has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardised methods with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various LG device models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model tested for use at the ear is X.XXX W/kg

(10g) and when worn on the body is X.XXX W/kg (10g). This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used either in the normal use position against the ear or when positioned at least 5 mm away from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the product at least 5 mm away from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distance instructions are followed until the transmission is completed. 6 Information about the RF exposure from FCC In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States, with its action in Report and Order FCC 96-326, adopted an updated safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC regulated transmitters. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standard previously set by both international and U.S. standards. The design of this device complies with FCC guidelines and these international standards. Part 15.19 statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Part 15.21 Statement Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 7 Body-worn Operation This device was tested for typical bodyworn operations with the back of the device kept 0.39 inches (1cm) between the users body and the back of the device. To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, a minimum separation distance of 0.39 inches (1cm) must be maintained between the users body and the back of the device. Any beltclips, holsters, and similar accessories containing metallic components may not be used. Body-worn accessories that cannot maintain 0.39 inches (1cm) separation distance between the users body and the back of the device, and have not been tested for typical body-worn operations may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and should be avoided. Part 15.105 Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Product care and maintenance Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. LG does not guarantee any damage or failure which is caused by third party accessories. Some contents and illustrations may differ from your device without prior notice. work is required. Do not disassemble this unit. Take it to a qualified service technician when repair Guidelines for safe and efficient use 8 Repairs under warranty, at LGs discretion, may include replacement parts or boards that are either new or reconditioned, provided that they have functionality equal to that of the parts being replaced. Keep away from electrical appliances such as TVs, radios and personal The unit should be kept away from heat sources such as radiators or cookers. computers. Do not drop. Do not subject this unit to mechanical vibration or shock. Switch off the device in any area where you are required to by special regulations. For example, do not use your device in hospitals as it may affect sensitive medical equipment. Do not handle the device with wet hands while it is being charged. It may cause an electric shock and can seriously damage your device. Do not charge a handset near flammable material as the handset can become hot and create a fire hazard. benzene, thinner or alcohol). Use a dry cloth to clean the exterior of the unit (do not use solvents such as Do not charge the device when it is on soft furnishings. The device should be charged in a well ventilated area. Do not subject this unit to excessive smoke or dust. Do not keep the device next to credit cards or transport tickets; it can affect the information on the magnetic strips. Do not tap the screen with a sharp object as it may damage the device. Do not expose the device to liquid or moisture. Use accessories like earphones cautiously. Do not touch the antenna unnecessarily. Do not use, touch or attempt to remove or fix broken, chipped or cracked glass. Damage to the glass display due to abuse or misuse is not covered under the warranty. Your device is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your device during or immediately after operation. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 9 If your device gets wet, immediately unplug it to dry off completely. Do not attempt to accelerate the drying process with an external heating source, such as an oven, microwave or hair dryer. The liquid in your wet device, changes the colour of the product label inside your device. Damage to your device as a result of exposure to liquid is not covered under your warranty. A mobile device requires proper air circulation in order to dissipate heat. Direct skin contact and inadequate circulation of air flow to the device may cause the device to overheat. The device must be at least 1.0cm from between the users body. Prevent dust of any other foreign substances from getting into the Charger/

USB cable port. It may cause heat or fire. Avoid exposing the device to low air pressure at high altitude. Do not expose the device to extremely low air pressure. Otherwise, it can cause explosion of the battery or leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Efficient device operation Electronics devices All devices may receive interference, which could affect performance. Do not use your device near medical equipment without requesting permission. Please consult your doctor to determine if operation of your device may interfere with the operation of your medical device. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that you leave at least 15 cm of space between other devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. This device may produce a bright or flashing light. Some hearing aids might be disturbed by devices. Minor interference may affect TVs, radios, PCs etc. Use your device in temperatures between 0C and 40C, if possible. Exposing your device to extremely low or high temperatures may result in damage, malfunction, or even explosion. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 10 Road safety Check the laws and regulations on the use of devices in the area when you drive. Do not use a hand-held device while driving. Give full attention to driving. so require. Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions RF energy may affect some electronic systems in your vehicle such as car stereos and safety equipment. When your vehicle is equipped with an air bag, do not obstruct with installed or portable wireless equipment. It can cause the air bag to fail or cause serious injury due to improper performance. If you are listening to music whilst out and about, please ensure that the volume is at a reasonable level so that you are aware of your surroundings. This is of particular importance when near roads. Avoid damage to your hearing To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Damage to your hearing can occur if you are exposed to loud sound for long periods of time. We therefore recommend that you do not turn on or off the handset close to your ear. We also recommend that music and call volumes are set to a reasonable level. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you, or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 11 Glass Parts Some parts of your device are made of glass. This glass could break if your device is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your device until the glass is replaced by an authorised service provider. Blasting area Do not use the device where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions and follow any regulations or rules. Potentially explosive atmospheres Do not use your device at a refueling point. Do not use near fuel or chemicals. Do not transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the same compartment of your vehicle as your device or accessories. In aircraft Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. Turn your device off before boarding any aircraft. Do not use it on the ground without permission from the crew. Children Keep the device in a safe place out of the reach of small children. It includes small parts which may cause a choking hazard if detached. Emergency calls Emergency calls may not be available on all mobile networks. Therefore you should never depend solely on your device for emergency calls. Check with your local service provider. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 12 Battery information and care You do not need to completely discharge the battery before recharging. Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the batterys performance. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximise the battery life. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery. Keep the metal contacts of the battery clean. Replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance. The battery pack may be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing. Recharge the battery if it has not been used for a long time to maximise usability. such as in the bathroom. performance. Do not expose the battery charger to direct sunlight or use it in high humidity, Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, as this may deteriorate battery Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Always unplug the charger from the wall socket after the device is fully charged to save unnecessary power consumption of the charger. Actual battery life will depend on network configuration, product settings, usage patterns, battery and environmental conditions. Make sure that no sharp-edged items such as animals teeth or claws, come into contact with the battery. This could cause a fire. Power Consumption (Networked Standby Mode) : X.X W Securing personal information Make sure to protect your personal information to prevent data leakage or misuse of sensitive information. Always back up important data while using the device. LG is not responsible for any data loss. Make sure to back up all data and reset the device when disposing of the device to prevent any misuse of sensitive information. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 13 Read the permission screen carefully while downloading applications. Be cautious using the applications that have access to multiple functions or to your personal information. Check your personal accounts regularly. If you find any sign of misuse of your personal information, ask your service provider to delete or change your account information. If your device is lost or stolen, change the password of your account to secure your personal information. Do not use applications from unknown sources. Notice for Battery replacement Li-Ion Battery is a hazardous component which can cause injury. Battery replacement by a non-qualified professional can cause damage to your device. Do not replace the battery by yourself. The battery can be damaged, which can cause overheat and injury. The battery must be replaced by a qualified professional. The battery should be recycled or disposed separately from household waste. In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/ contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell using specialised tools. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 14 01 Custom-designed Features Audio recording features LG 3D Sound Engine LG 3D Sound Engine feature allows you to hear stereoscopic and optimised sound. When playing music or video, you can enjoy stereoscopic and immersive sound as if you were listening in the field. 1 Drag the notifications panel downwards. 2 Tap to turn on or off the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Or tap Settings Sound Engine and tap to activate it. Sound Sound quality and effects LG 3D If you connect an external audio device such as an earphone or speaker to the product, a pop-up appears to turn on the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Google Assistant Google Assistant overview Your device has the built-in Google Assistant feature. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To use this feature, first connect to the network. Launching Google Assistant 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Tap GET STARTED. Custom-designed Features 16 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. The device saves your voice data for recognition. 4 Set whether to use the voice match unlock function. If you use the voice match unlock function, you can unlock the device even when the device screen is turned off or the device is charging by saying OK Google or Hey Google. This feature may be more vulnerable to security than the other screen locks, such as Pattern, PIN, and Password. When a similar voice or your recorded voice is used, the screen may be unlocked. To use this feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen

& security screen lock method you set to unlock the device. Secure lock settings Smart Lock, and then use the You need to unlock the device by using the specified method if you fail to unlock the device with voice recognition. See Setting a screen lock for details. 5 Tap Finish. Hey Google. question. Accessing by Voice 1 When the home screen is turned off or locked, say OK Google or 2 When the Google Assistant screen appears, say a command or ask a Accessing from Home Screen 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Say a command or question when you see on the bottom of the screen. Custom-designed Features 17 In an environment where Wi-Fi or mobile data connection is poor, the Google Assistant function may be restricted and the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. If the speech is ambiguous, the microphone is covered, a media player is playing, or the surrounding is loud, the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. When you are using the product via voice commands, say with accurate pronunciation in a quite environment for better speech recognition accuracy. Fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition overview You must register your fingerprint on your device first before using the fingerprint recognition function. You can use the fingerprint recognition function in the following cases:

To unlock the screen. To view the locked content in the Gallery. Confirm a purchase by signing into an app or identifying yourself with your fingerprint. You can use fingerprint data for user authentication. There is a possibility that the fingerprint sensor might recognise a different but very similar fingerprint as the same registered fingerprint. To strengthen security, it is recommended that you use the pattern, PIN, or password method for unlocking the screen. If the device cannot detect your fingerprint or you forgot the value specified for registration, visit the nearest LG Customer Service Centre with your device and ID card. Custom-designed Features 18 Precautions for fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition accuracy may decrease due to a number of reasons. To maximise the recognition accuracy, check the following before using the device. At the bottom centre of the products screen, there is a built-in sensor that recognises fingerprints. Be careful not to scratch or damage the fingerprint sensor with metal objects such as coins or keys. If there are foreign substances (sweat, lotion, water, dirt, grease, etc.) on the fingerprint sensor or on the finger to be put on the sensor, fingerprint recognition may not work properly. Wipe the sensor and the finger clean and remove all moisture before putting the finger on the sensor. If the fingers surface is rough due to it being scarred or pruney from water, the sensor may not be able to recognise the fingerprint. In such a case, register another fingerprint. If you bend your finger or use the fingertip only, your fingerprint may not be recognised. Make sure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint sensor. Scan only one finger for each registration. Scanning more than one finger may affect fingerprint registration and recognition. The device may generate static electricity if the surrounding air is dry. If the surrounding air is dry, avoid scanning fingerprints, or touch a metallic object such as a coin or a key before scanning fingerprints to remove static electricity. Custom-designed Features 19 Registering fingerprints You can register and save your fingerprint on the device to use fingerprint identification. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. A lock screen must be set in order to be able to use this feature. If the screen lock is not active, configure the lock screen by following the on-screen instructions. See Setting a screen lock for details. 2 Place your finger on the fingerprint sensor on the device and adjust it little by little. Gently press the fingerprint sensor so that the sensor can recognise Ensure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint your fingerprint. sensor. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Until the fingerprint registration is completed, move the same finger around on the sensor little by little. Put the finger on the sensor. When you feel a vibration, remove the finger from the sensor. Custom-designed Features 20 4 When the fingerprint registration is done, tap OK. Tap Add more to register another fingerprint. Since the fingerprint recognition success rate depends on the condition of the registered fingerprint, it is recommended that you register several different fingerprints. Managing fingerprints You can edit or delete registered fingerprints. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Fingerprints. Lock screen & security 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 From the fingerprint list, tap a fingerprint to rename it. To delete it, tap

. Unlocking the screen with a fingerprint You can unlock the screen or view the locked content by using your fingerprint. Activate the desired function:

1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 On the fingerprint settings screen, activate the desired function:

Screen lock: Unlock screen with a fingerprint. Content lock: Unlock content with a fingerprint. To do this, make sure that the content lock is set. Custom-designed Features 21 Multi-tasking feature Recent Uses Screen Swipe the Home button history. upward and hold to view the recent use Pop-up window You can open multiple apps on the screen and easily switch between them at any time. 1 Swipe up on 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app screen and select Pop-up from the bottom of the screen. window. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 3 The app appears in the form of a pop-up window on the screen. This feature may not be available in some apps or screens. Custom-designed Features 22 Using the pop-up window

: Minimises the pop-up window. The pop-up window is minimised into the app icon floating on the screen, which can be moved anywhere you want.

: Expands the app to full screen.

: Closes the app. You can open up to 5 apps using the pop-up windows. To select an app from the opened apps, tap one of the pop-up windows. The selected pop-up window comes to the front. Pop-up windows cannot be moved to the status bar or navigation bar area. on the pop-up window, the pop-up window is minimised into Using the app folder for pop-up windows If you tap the app icon. You can move the app icon anywhere you want by dragging it. If two or more pop-up windows are minimised, the app folder is created to contain the app icons. The recently-used app icon is used as the app folder icon. If you tab the icon, all the icons for the minimised pop-up windows appear in the app folder. If you touch and hold the app folder for pop-up windows and drag the app folder into Remove, the app folder will be removed. To remove one of the apps from the app folder, open the app folder and drag the app icon out of the app folder. Custom-designed Features 23 Multi window When using gesture navigation 1 Swipe up on from the bottom of the screen. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select Multi window. The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. The selected app appears at the bottom half of the screen. When using Buttons only navigation 1 Tap on the navigation bar. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. To adjust the size of the split screen, drag the bar on the centre of the To deactivate the multi window feature, drag the centre bar up or down screen. to the end of the screen. The multi window feature is not supported in some LG apps or apps downloaded from the Play Store. Custom-designed Features 24 02 Basic Functions Product components and accessories The following items are included with your device. Device USB cable Ejection pin Charger Quick Start Guide The items described above may be optional. The items supplied with the device and any available accessories may vary depending on the area and service provider. Always use genuine LG Electronics accessories. Using accessories made by other manufacturers may affect your device's call performance or cause malfunctions. This may not be covered by LG's repair service. Some of the device parts are made of tempered glass. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Centre. If any of these basic items are missing, contact the dealer from which you purchased your device. To purchase additional items, contact an LG Customer Service Centre. Some items in the product box are subject to change without notice. The appearance and specifications of your device are subject to change without prior notice for product improvement. Device specifications may vary depending on the area or service provider. Remove the protective film from the Fingerprint sensor before using the fingerprint recognition feature. Basic Functions 26 Parts overview Basic Functions 27 Do NOT attempt to remove the back cover by yourself. Doing so may severely damage the battery and device, which could cause overheating, fire, and injury. This devices back cover and battery are not to be removed or replaced by a non-qualified professional. Your phone is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your phone during or immediately after operation. Proximity/Ambient light sensor

- Proximity sensor: During a call, the proximity sensor turns off the screen and disables touch functionality when the device is in close proximity to the human body. It turns the screen back on and enables touch functionality when the device is outside a specific range.

- Ambient light sensor: The ambient light sensor analyses the ambient light intensity when the auto-brightness control mode is turned on. Volume keys

- Adjust the volume for ringtones, calls or notifications.

- While using the Camera, gently press a Volume key to take a photo. To take continuous photos, press and hold the Volume key.

- Press the Volume Down key twice to launch the Camera app when the screen is locked or turned off. Press the Volume Up key twice to launch Capture+. Power/Lock key option.

- Briefly press the key when you want to turn the screen on or off.

- Press and hold the key when you want to select a power control Basic Functions 28 Google Assistant key

- You can short-press it once to run Google Assistant. You can press and hold it to run Google Assistant and then release the finger from the key to run the voice command function.

- See the Google Assistant for details. Fingerprint sensor

- Turn on the fingerprint recognition feature to simplify the process of unlocking the screen. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Some functions may be restricted depending on the region and product specifications of different telecommunications providers. Do not put heavy objects on the device or sit on it. Failure to do so may damage the touch screen. Screen-protective film or accessories may interfere with the proximity sensor. If your device is wet or is being used in a humid place, the touch screen or keys may not function properly. Basic Functions 29 There are two microphones built into this product. Be careful not to cover the microphones. While you are talking on the phone, do not cover the microphone with your hand or fingers. Do not use a phone case that is not a genuine product or cover the microphone with accessories, tape, etc. Hold the product correctly as shown in the image when you are using it. Basic Functions 30 Turning the power on or off Turning the power on When the power is turned off, press and hold the Power/Lock key. When the device is turned on for the first time, initial configuration takes place. The first booting time for the smart phone may be longer than usual. Turning the power off Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select Power off. Restarting the device When the device is not working properly or does not respond, restart it by following the instructions below. 1 Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time until the power is turned off. 2 When the device is restarted, release the key. Power control options Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select an option. Power off: Turn the device off. Power off and restart: Restart the device. Basic Functions 31 Installing the SIM card Insert the SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card provided by your service provider to start using your device. Be careful with the ejection pin since it has a sharp edge. In order for the water-resistant and dust-resistant features to work effectively, the card tray must be inserted correctly. 1 Insert the pin into the hole of the card tray and press the pin, and then pull the card tray out of the product. 2 Align the Nano-SIM cards on the card tray and press the card in the direction of the arrow as shown in the figure. 3 Insert the card tray into the phone as shown in the figure. Basic Functions 32 This device supports only Nano SIM cards. Nano Micro Standard For problem-free performance, it is recommended that you use the device with the correct type of SIM card. Always use a factory-made SIM card supplied by the operator. Do not lose your SIM card. LG is not responsible for damage and other issues caused by loss or transfer of a SIM card. Be careful not to damage the SIM card when you insert or remove it. When you insert the SIM card or memory card, place it on the card tray correctly. When you insert the card tray back into the device, insert it horizontally in the direction of arrow as shown in the figure. Make sure that the card placed on the card tray does not move out of its position. Insert the SIM card with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. Be sure to insert the SIM card into the device by following the instructions in the user manual. If you insert or remove the card tray from the device, be careful not to let water or other liquids enter into the card tray. If a wet card tray or card is inserted into the device, your device may get damaged. Memory card is an optional item. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Basic Functions 33 Inserting the memory card Insert the memory card into your device. The device can support up to a 2 TB microSD card. Depending on the memory card manufacturer and type, some memory card may not be compatible with your device. 1 Insert the ejection pin into the hole on the card tray. 2 Pull out the card tray. 3 Put the memory card on the card tray with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Basic Functions 34 Removing the memory card Unmount the memory card before removing it for safety. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Insert the ejection pin into the hole in the card tray and then pull out Storage

. the card tray from the device. 3 Remove the memory card from the card tray. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Do not remove the memory card while the device is transferring or accessing information. This may cause data to be lost or corrupted, or may damage the memory card or the device. LG is not responsible for losses that result from the abuse or improper use of memory cards, including the loss of data. Battery Charging the battery Before using the device, fully charge the battery. Charge the device with the USB Type-C cable. Basic Functions 35 If there is moisture on the charging port, exposed terminals, charging cable, charging adapter, etc., do not use or charge the product. The product may malfunction or get broken or damaged, and there is risk of injury caused by electric shock, fire, overheating, explosion, etc. If you find moisture on such areas, stop using or charging the product immediately and completely remove the moisture. Do not separate the battery cover. This product uses a non-removable battery. Do not remove or replace the battery cover or the battery. If you remove or replace the battery cover or the battery, the product may be damaged, overheated or explode. Only use the USB cable and charging adapter provided with the product as basic components. Your device has an internal rechargeable battery. For your safety, do not remove the embedded battery. Using the device when it is charging may cause electric shock. To use the device, stop charging it. Remove the charger from the power socket after the device is fully charged. This prevents unnecessary power consumption. Another way to charge the battery is by connecting a USB cable between the device and a desktop or laptop computer. This may take longer than plugging the adapter to a wall outlet. Do not charge the battery by using a USB hub that is unable to maintain the rated voltage. Charging may fail or unintentionally stop. When you are visiting the Service Centre with a battery issue, bring the product and the charger with you Since the battery is a consumable, the battery life may be shortened as times goes by. Basic Functions 36 Precautions when using the device Make sure to use the USB cable provided; do not use third party USB cables or chargers with your device. The LG limited warranty does not cover the use of third party accessories. Failure to follow the instructions in this guide and improper use may damage the device. If the battery temperature exceeds a certain level while charging the device, charging may be stopped. If magnetic, metallic or conductive materials are attached on the back of the device or a protective case is inserted, the device may not charge properly. LG Electronics is not responsible for any issues concerning accessories of other brands. For such issues, contact the manufacturer of the accessory product. Using the battery efficiently Battery lifespan may decrease if you keep many apps and functions running simultaneously and continuously. Cancel background operations to increase battery life. To minimise battery consumption, follow these tips:

Turn off the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi network function when not using them. Set the screen timeout to as short a time as possible. Minimise the screen brightness. Set a screen lock when the device is not used. Check the battery level while using any downloaded apps. Basic Functions 37 Touch screen You can familiarise yourself with how to control your device by using touch screen gestures. Tapping Lightly tap with your fingertip to select or run an app or option. Touching and holding Touch and hold for several seconds to display a menu with available options. Basic Functions 38 Double-tapping Tap twice quickly to zoom in or out on a web page or map. Dragging Touch and hold an item, such as an app or widget, then move your finger to another location in a controlled motion. You can use this gesture to move an item. Swiping Touch the screen with your finger and move it quickly without pausing. You can use this gesture to scroll through a list, a web page, photos, screens, and more. Basic Functions 39 Pinching and spreading Pinch two fingers to zoom out such as on a photo or map. To zoom in, spread your fingers apart. Do not expose the touch screen to excessive physical shock. You might damage the touch sensor. A touch screen failure may occur if you use the device near a magnetic, metallic or conductive material. If you use the device under bright lights, such as direct sunlight, the screen may not be visible, depending on your position. Use the device in a shady location or a location with an ambient light that is not too bright and bright enough to read books. Do not press the screen with excessive force. Gently tap with your fingertip on the option you want. Touch control may not work properly if you tap while wearing a glove or by using the tip of your fingernail. Touch control may not work properly if the screen is moist or wet. The touch screen may not function properly if a screen-protective film or accessory purchased from a third party store is attached to the device. Displaying a static image for extended periods of time may result in after-images or screen burn-in. Turn off the screen or avoid displaying the same image for a long time when you do not use the device. Basic Functions 40 Home screen Home screen overview The Home screen is the starting point for accessing various functions and apps on your device. Swipe up from the bottom edge of any screen to directly go to the Home screen. You can manage all apps and widgets on the Home screen. Swipe the screen left or right to view all installed apps at a glance. Home screen layout You can view all apps and organise widgets and folders on the Home screen. The Home screen may differ depending on the manufacturer policy, user settings, software version or service provider. Basic Functions 41 Status bar: View status icons, the time and the battery level. Weather widget: View the information of weather and time for a Google Search widget: Type or speak to pull open Google Search. Folder: You can create folders to classify the app based on desired specific area. criteria. Page icon: Display the total number of Home screen canvases. You can tap the desired page icon to go to the page you selected. The icon reflecting the current canvas will be highlighted. Quick access area: Fix main apps at the bottom of the screen so that they can be accessed from any Home screen canvas. Navigation bar: You can go to the previous screen or home screen while using the app, and check the list of apps you used recently. Using Navigation bar Here is the gestures guide to control the Navigation bar. To go to Home screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. To go back to the previous screen, swipe in from the left or right edge of the screen. the screen. To go to Overview screen, swipe up and hold from the bottom edge of To quickly switch between apps, swipe right at the bottom edge of the screen to go to previously used apps. Gestures is the default for the Navigation bar. To change it to Buttons

only Navigation bar, then select Buttons only.

, on the home screen, tap Settings

Display Basic Functions 42 Status icons When there is a notification for an unread message, calendar event or alarm, the status bar displays the corresponding notification icon. Check your devices status by viewing notification icons displayed on the status bar. Data is being transmitted over the network Connected to a computer via USB No signal Alarm is set Vibrate mode is on Bluetooth is on Battery level Airplane mode is on Missed calls Wi-Fi is connected Mute mode is on GPS is on Hotspot is on No SIM card Some of these icons may appear differently or may not appear at all, depending on the device's status. Refer to the icons according to the actual environment and area in which you are using the device and your service provider. Displayed icons may vary, depending on the area or service provider. Basic Functions 43 Notifications panel You can open the notifications panel by dragging the status bar downward on the main screen. You can drag down the notice window or tap the arrow icon to open the list of quick setting icons. You can tap If you touch and hold the icon, the settings screen for the to add, delete or arrange icons in the notice window. corresponding function appears. You can use the notifications panel even on the lock screen. Drag the notifications panel while the screen is locked to quickly access the desired features. Basic Functions 44 Switching the screen orientation You can set the screen orientation to automatically switch according to the devices physical orientation. On the notification panel, tap Rotation from the quick access icon list. You can also tap Settings the home screen. Display and activate Auto-rotate screen on Editing the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold on an empty space, then select the desired action from below. To rearrange the Home screen canvases, touch and hold on a canvas, then drag it to another location. To add a widget to the Home screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Widgets. To change wallpapers and themes, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Wallpaper & theme. You can also tap Settings then select wallpapers and themes to apply to the device. Wallpaper & theme on the home screen, Basic Functions 45 To change the grid, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Grid. Tap the desired grid, then tap Apply. To configure the Home screen settings, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Home screen settings. See Home screen settings for details. To view or reinstall the uninstalled apps, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select App trash. See App trash for details. To change the default screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, move to desired screen, tap more.

, then tap the screen once Basic Functions 46 Viewing the background theme You can view only the background image by hiding the apps and widgets on the Home screen. Spread two fingers apart on the Home screen. To return to the original screen, which displays apps and widgets, pinch from the bottom edge your fingers on the Home screen or drag up of the screen. Moving apps on the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to another location. To keep frequently used apps at the bottom of the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to the quick access area at the bottom. To remove an icon from the quick access area, drag the icon to the Home screen. Basic Functions 47 Using folders from the Home screen Creating folders On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it over another app. A new folder is created and the apps are added to the folder. Editing folders On the Home screen, tap a folder and do one of the following actions. To edit the folder name tap the folder name. To edit the colour, tap the right upper circle. To add apps, touch and hold an app, then drag it over the folder and release it. To remove an app from the folder, touch and hold the app and drag it to outside the folder. If the removed app is the only one app that existed in the folder, the folder is removed automatically. You can also add or remove apps after tapping

. You cannot change the folder colour while using downloaded theme. Basic Functions 48 Home screen settings You can customise the Home screen settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Customise the following settings:

Display Home screen. Select Home: Select a Home screen mode. Wallpaper: Change the Home screen background wallpaper. Screen swipe effect: Select an effect to apply when the Home screen canvas switches. Icon shape: Choose if you want icons to have square or rounded corners. screen. Google feed: Show to the left of the main Home screen. Sort apps by: Set how apps are sorted on the Home screen. Hide apps: Select which apps you want to hide from the Home Loop Home screen: Enable to allow continuous Home screen scrolling (loop back to first screen after the last screen). Swipe down on the Home screen: Enable to search apps or contents, or view notifications by swiping down on the home screen. Home screen lock: Enable to prevent apps and widgets from being rearranged or removed. Basic Functions 49 Screen lock Screen lock overview Your devices screen turns off and locks itself if you press the Power/Lock key. This also happens after the device is left idle for a specified period of time. If you press the Power/Lock key when a screen lock is not set, the Home screen appears immediately. To ensure security and prevent unwanted access to your device, set a screen lock. A screen lock prevents unnecessary touch input on the device screen and reduces battery consumption. We recommend that you activate the screen lock while not using the device. Setting a screen lock There are several options available for configuring the screen lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Select screen lock and then select the method you prefer. 2 Customise the following settings:

None: Deactivate the screen lock function. Swipe: Swipe on the screen to unlock the screen. Pattern: Draw a pattern to unlock the screen. PIN: Enter a numeric password to unlock the screen. Password: Enter an alphanumeric password to unlock the screen. Fingerprints: Unlock the screen by using your fingerprint. Basic Functions 50 Customise Lock screen You can customise lock screen. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Customize Lock screen. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Wallpaper: Allow you to set the background for your Lock screen. Clock: Allow you to set where to position the clock on the Lock screen. Shortcuts: Allow you to choose apps to run on your Lock screen. This setting appears only when a screen lock is set. Contact info for lost phone: Allow you to set text to be displayed on the Lock screen to identify the phones owner. Secure lock settings You can set secure lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings lock settings. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Secure Make pattern visible (shown only when Pattern is set as a screen lock): Turn on to make pattern visible. Lock timer: Allow you to set the amount of time before the screen automatically locks after the backlight turns off (time-out due to inactivity). Power key instantly locks: Enable this option to instantly lock the screen when the Power/Lock key is pressed. This setting overrides the Security Lock timer setting. Show lockdown option (shown only when a screen lock is set):

Enable this option to display the Lockdown icon when you press and hold the Power/Lock button. Tap the Lockdown icon to turn off Smart Lock, biometric unlocking, and notifications on the lock screen. Basic Functions 51 Smart Lock: Allow you to set trusted devices, places, voice, and/or on-body detection that will allow your phone to remain unlocked. Available menu options may vary depending on the lock screen method selected. KnockON You can turn the screen on or off by double-tapping the screen. This option is available only on the Home screen provided by LG. It may not function properly on a custom launcher or on the Home screen installed by the user. When tapping the screen, use your fingertip. Do not use a fingernail. To use the KnockON feature, make sure that the proximity/light sensor is not blocked by a sticker or any other foreign substance. Turning the screen on Double-tap the middle of the screen. Tapping the top or bottom of the screen may decrease the recognition rate. Turning the screen off Double-tap on an empty space on the Home screen and Lock screen. You can also double-tap an empty space on the status bar. Disable KnockON If you dont want to use the KnockON function, set as follows:

On the home screen, tap Settings to disable the function. Extensions KnockON and drag it Basic Functions 52 Memory card encryption You can encrypt and protect data saved on the memory card. The encrypted data in the memory card cannot be accessed from another device. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Encryption & credentials Encrypt SD card. 2 Read the on-screen overview of memory card encryption and then tap Continue to continue. 3 Select an option and tap Encrypt now. New data encryption: Encrypt only data that is saved on the memory card after encryption. Full encryption: Encrypt all the data currently saved on the memory card. Exclude media files: Encrypt all files, except for media files such as music, photos and videos. Once memory card encryption starts, some functions are not available. If the device is turned off while encryption is underway, the encryption process will fail, and some data may be damaged. Therefore, be sure to check if the battery level is sufficient before starting encryption. Encrypted files are accessible only from the device where the files were encrypted. The encrypted memory card cannot be used on another LG device. To use the encrypted memory card on another mobile device, format the card. You can activate memory card encryption even when no memory card is installed into the device. Any memory card that is installed after encryption will automatically be encrypted. Basic Functions 53 Taking screenshots You can take screenshots of the current screen you are viewing. Via a shortcut Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time for at least two seconds. Screenshots can be viewed from the Screenshots folder in the Gallery. Via Screenshot On the screen where you want to take a screenshot, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

. See Writing notes on a screenshot for details. Content sharing Playing content from another device You can play photos, videos or songs saved on your device from a TV. 1 Connect the TV and your device to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 While viewing the items in the Gallery or Music app, tap Play on other device. 3 Select the TV you want to connect to. For use with Chromecast, Google Play services should be up to date. Basic Functions 54 Viewing content from nearby devices You can view content from various devices, such as a computer, NAS or mobile device, by using the Gallery or Music apps. Connecting the devices Connect both your device and another device that support DLNA function to the same wireless network. Make sure that File sharing (DLNA) is activated on both the device and the connected device. Searching for nearby devices You can view a list of DLNA devices on the same network by selecting the Nearby devices menu in each app. Use content from nearby devices as if you were using it on your device. Sending or receiving files You can share files between your device and another LG device, or a tablet. Sending files From the Gallery or other apps, tap on the file sharing list. Share or

, then select a device Receiving files Drag the status bar downward and then tap File sharing. If your device does not support the file sharing feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Beam Connected devices File sharing

. SmartShare Make sure that your device is connected to the same wireless network as the file transfer target device. Make sure that File sharing is activated on both devices. Basic Functions 55 Do not disturb You can limit or mute notifications to avoid disturbances for a specific period of time. On the home screen, tap Settings Mode and select the mode you want:

Do not disturb. Sound

- Priority only: Receive sound or vibrate notifications for the selected apps. Even when Priority only is turned on, alarms still sound.

- Total silence: Disable both the sound and vibration. Select priorities: Receive alarms and the notifications for the selected apps.

- Calls from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a call. Repeated calls: Second call from the same caller within 15 min is not silenced. message.

- Messages from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a Use Do not disturb: Turn on the Do not disturb feature. Sleeping: Set the schedule for which you want to turn on the Do not disturb feature. Help: View the help for Do not disturb. Basic Functions 56 03 Useful Apps Installing and uninstalling apps Installing apps Access an app store to search and download apps. You can use SmartWorld, Play Store or the app store provided by your service provider. Some app stores may require you to create an account and sign in. Some apps may charge fees. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. SmartWorld may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. Uninstalling apps Uninstall apps that you no longer use from your device. Uninstalling with the touch and hold gesture Press and hold any empty area on the screen, and then press app you want to delete. of the Uninstalling by using the settings menu On the home screen, tap Settings tap Uninstall. Apps App info, select an app, then Some apps cannot be uninstalled by users. Uninstalling apps from the app store To uninstall an app, access the app store from which you download the app and uninstall it. Useful Apps 58 Installing and uninstalling apps during the setup When you turn on the device for the first time, you can download recommended apps. You can skip to the next step without installation. App trash You can view the uninstalled apps. You can also reinstall apps which were uninstalled within 24 hours from now. 1 On the home screen, tap Management App trash. You can also touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, then tap App trash. 2 Activate the desired function:

Restore: Reinstall the selected app.

: Remove the uninstalled apps permanently from the device. Uninstalled apps are automatically removed from the device 24 hours after they were uninstalled. If you want to reinstall the uninstalled apps, you must download them again from the app store. This feature is activated on the default Home screen only. If you uninstall apps while using the EasyHome screen or other launcher, they are immediately and permanently removed from the device. Useful Apps 59 App Shortcuts On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon such as Call, Message, Camera, Gallery and Settings to display a quick access menu. Use apps more easily through App Shortcuts. Tap Tap to set the widgets for the app. to check the app information. This feature is available only on some apps. Useful Apps 60 Phone Voice call Make a phone call by using one of the available methods, such as manually entering a phone number and making a call from the contact list or the list of recent calls. Making a call from the keypad 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Make a call by using a method of your choice:

Dial. Enter a phone number and tap Touch and hold a speed dial number. Search for a contact by tapping the initial letter of a contact name in the contact list, and then tap

. To enter "+" when making an international call, touch and hold number See Adding contacts for details on how to add phone numbers to the 0. speed dial list. Making Calls from Contacts 1 On the home screen, tap 2 After selecting the number you want to call from the list of contacts, Contacts. tap

. Useful Apps 61 Answering a call To answer a call, drag When the stereo headset is connected, you can make calls by using the on the incoming call screen. call/end button on the headset. To end a call without turning off the screen, on the home screen, tap Answer and end calls and Network & internet Settings then activate End call with the Power key. Call On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Answer and end calls End call with the Power key, you can end a call by pressing the Lock/Power key while the call-in-process screen is turned on. Rejecting a call To reject an incoming call, drag across the incoming call screen. To send a rejection message, drag the rejection message option across the screen. To add or edit a rejection message, on the home screen, tap Settings Call blocking & Decline with message. Network & internet Call When a call is coming in, press the Volume Up, Volume Down or Power/

Lock key to mute ringtone or vibration, or to hold the call. Checking an incoming call while using an app When a call comes in while using an app, a pop-up notification can be displayed at the top of the screen. You can receive the call, reject the call, or send message from the pop-up screen. On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Additional settings desired way you would like to display the incoming call while using an app. Incoming voice call pop-up and then select the Useful Apps 62 Viewing missed calls If there is a missed call, the status bar at the top of the screen displays To view missed call details, drag the status bar downwards. You can also tap Call logs on the home screen. Functions accessible during a call During a call, you can access a variety of functions by tapping the on-screen buttons:

Contacts: View the contact list during a call. Hold: Place the current call on hold. Dialpad: Display or hide the dial pad. Speaker: Turn on the speakerphone function. Mute: Mute your voice so that your voice cannot be heard by the other Bluetooth: Switch the call to a Bluetooth device that is paired and party. connected.

: End a call.

: Access additional call options. Available settings items may vary depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 63 Making a three-way calling You can make a call to another contact during a call. 1 During a call, tap Add call. 2 Enter a phone number and tap

. first call is put on hold. 3 To start a conference call, tap Merge calls. The two calls are displayed on the screen at the same time, and the You may be charged a fee for each call. Consult with your service provider for more information. Viewing call records To view recent call records, on the home screen, tap you can use the following functions:

To view detailed call records, select a contact. To make a call to the Call logs. Then, selected contact, tap

. To delete call records, tap Delete. The displayed call duration may differ from the call charge. Consult with your service provider for more information. The deleted call history can not be restored. Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to adjust the font size of call logs or contacts. Configuring call options You can configure various call options. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap preferences. Dial or Call logs. Call settings and then configure the options to suit your Useful Apps 64 Messaging Sending a message You can create and send messages to your contacts using the Messaging app. Sending messages abroad may incur additional charges. Consult with your service provider for more information. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap 3 Specify a recipient and create a message. To use multimedia options, tap To access optional menu items, tap

. 4 Tap to send the message. Reading a message You can view exchanged messages organised by contact. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select a contact from the message list. While on the message list or chat window, you can adjust the font size by placing two fingers on the screen and either widening or narrowing the fingers. Useful Apps 65 Configuring messaging settings You can change messaging settings to suit your preferences. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap Settings from the message list. You can designate settings for the notice window, blocking calls, disaster alert, multimedia messages, etc. Camera Starting the camera You can take a photo or record a video to cherish all of your memorable moments. On the home screen, tap

. Before taking a photo or recording a video, wipe the camera lens with a soft cloth. Be careful not to stain the camera lens with your fingers or other foreign substance. Images included in this user guide may be different from the actual device. Photos and videos can be viewed or edited from the Gallery. See Gallery overview for details. elses privacy or rights. Refrain from using the product for a purpose that may violate someone Useful Apps 66 Taking a photo You can take photos with the camera in the product. 1 Tap and focus on the subject. You can touch the subject to focus on. You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out. 2 Tap to take a photo. You can also press the Volume Down or Volume Up key to take a photo. screen. You can take a photo while recording a video by pressing on the The options displayed on the shooting screen may differ depending on the selected camera (front or rear) and camera mode. The camera will turn off automatically if you do not use it for a while after running the Camera app. You can run the camera app by short-pressing the power key twice. On Shortcuts and then tap Extensions the home screen, tap Settings Open Camera to activate it. When the screen is turned off or locked, start the camera by pressing the Volume Down key twice. On the home screen, tap Settings Extensions Shortcuts and then tap Open Camera to activate it. Useful Apps 67 Customising the camera options You can customise a variety of camera options to suit your preferences. Tap on the screen. Available options vary depending on the selected camera (front or rear camera) and the selected camera mode. Photo size Select values for aspect ratio and size for taking photos. HDR Grid Obtain photos in vivid colours and get compensated effects even when they are taken against the light. These functions are provided by the high dynamic range (HDR) technology equipped in the camera. Display guide grids so that you can take photos or record videos based on the horizontal and vertical reference lines. Cheese shutter Allows you to take a photo by saying Cheese, Smile, Whiskey, Kimchi, or LG. Tag locations Save the image with GPS location data. Storage Select if you want to store the pictures and videos in the Internal storage or SD card. (Available when a memory card is inserted.) Help Provide Help for each camera menu. Useful Apps 68 Additional options on the front camera Selfie distortion correction Corrects distorted parts of the face. Save as flipped Saves as flipped images when taking a selfie. Selfie shot Take a selfie by selecting its option between Gesture shot and Auto shot. You can apply the make-up effect when taking a selfie using the front camera. Gesture shot is taken by recognizing the shape of a hand and Auto shot is taken by recognizing a face. Mode Selection You can conveniently select from the modes displayed on the screen which are selected to suit the shooting environment. Tap or right to select a camera mode. and swipe the camera modes left or right, or swipe the screen left Useful Apps 69 Using camera modes Recording a video 1 Tap 2 Tap to record a video. and select Video by swiping camera modes. To take a photo while recording a video, tap To pause the video recording, tap

. To resume the video recording, While recording a video, you may spread or pinch two fingers to While recording a video, you may tap the desired area to adjust the tap

. zoom in or out. brightness. 3 Tap to end the video recording. Useful Apps 70 Taking a photo Tap See Taking a photo for more details. and select Photo by swiping camera modes. Taking a photo with the AI feature When taking a photo, the AI feature recognises a subject and applies the optimum effect to the photo. Tap to deactivate the AI feature. Using additional camera modes Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. Macro You can take a close-up of a subject. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Useful Apps 71 Panorama You can create a panoramic photo by moving the camera in one direction to photograph and stitch continuous shots of a wide view. 1 Tap 2 Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. x1.0

. Select a zoom from

. 3 Tap 4 Tap and then slowly move the camera in one direction. to stop capturing the panoramic. When moving the camera in one direction, make sure that the screen you shoot is not out of the guide line. Useful Apps 72 Flash Jump-Cut Photos taken at a regular interval are saved as GIF files. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Photos are taken every 3 seconds and saved as a GIF file. Tap take. on the screen to select the number of photos you want to While taking photos, tap to create GIF files with previously taken photos. The flash automatically turns on to act as a timer. The shots taken this time and the total number of shots are displayed at the bottom of the screen. All taken photos are saved as GIF files only. You may not change the GIF speed nor image order. YouTube Live You can record a video and directly upload to YouTube. To use this feature, you must meet the eligibility requirements. Contact YouTube for the requirements. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select More by swiping camera modes, then tap

. YouTube Live is available only when your device is connected to the Internet. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. Useful Apps 73 Useful camera features Google Lens You can get more information or take action on items around you using Google Lens, like landmarks, posters, restaurant menus, animals, flowers, or barcodes, directly in the device. Auto-Exposure/Auto-Focus lock You can fix the current exposure level and focus position by touching and holding the screen in the Auto mode. To turn off the feature, tap a blank area on the screen. This feature is available only in specific modes. Useful Apps 74 Switching between cameras You can switch between the front and rear cameras to suit your environment. To switch between the front and rear cameras, swipe the screen up or down on the shooting screen in the Camera app. Use the front camera to take selfies. See Selfie shot for details. Zoom in or out You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out when you take photos or videos. Zoom in/out function is not available in the selfie mode (front camera). This function is not supported in a number of modes. Useful Apps 75 Using the Burst Shot You can take consecutive photos and view them as moving pictures in the Gallery. 1 Tap 2 Tap and hold and select Photo. Multiple, consecutive photos are taken while you are holding down

. Gesture shot You can take selfies by using gestures. Show your palm to the front camera and then clench your fist. You can also clench your fist and then open it towards the front camera. In three seconds, a photo is taken. To use this feature, switch to the front camera mode, then tap Make sure that your palm and fist are within the reference line so that This feature may not be available while using some of the camera Selfie shot Gesture shot. the camera can detect them. features. Useful Apps 76 Auto shot You can use the face detection feature to take selfies easily and conveniently. You can set the device so that, when you look at the screen, the front camera detects your face and takes a selfie automatically. The white coloured guide frame appears when the front camera detects your face. If the subject within the guide frame stops moving, the guide frame colour turns yellow, then the camera takes a photo. Tap Selfie shot Auto shot to enable the Auto shot feature. Interval shot You can take selfies at an interval. While using the front camera, you can show your palm to the camera, then clench your fist twice quickly. Four photos are taken at regular intervals after a timer delay of three seconds. Save as flipped Before taking a photo with the front camera, tap The image is flipped horizontally. Save as flipped. When using the front camera, you can change how selfies are taken in the camera options. See Customising the camera options for details. Selfie shot You can use the front camera to view your face on the screen and take selfies. 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Tap and select Photo by swiping camera modes. to switch to the front camera. to take photos. Tap to apply various beauty effects. Useful Apps 77 Gallery Gallery overview You can view and manage photos and videos saved on your device. Viewing photos You can view the photos saved to the product. 1 Tap 2 Tap a desired photo. and select a desired folder. The Gallery folder contains Photos, Albums, Memories and Play. Details menu appears when the screen is lightly touched. Touching the screen once again makes the menu disappear. Useful Apps 78 Playing a video You can view the videos saved to the product. To adjust the sound volume, drag the right side of the video screen up To adjust the screen brightness, drag the left side of the screen up or or down. down. Dragging the screen to the left on the video play screen allows you to rewind (REW) and dragging to the right allows you to fast forward (FF). Useful Apps 79 Deleting files You can delete files by using one of the following options:

Touch and hold a file from the file list, then tap Delete. Deleted files are automatically moved to restored to the Gallery within 7 days. Trash and they can be Tap to completely delete the files. In this case, the files cannot be restored. Sharing files You can share files by using one of the following options:

While viewing photo or video, tap to share the file by using the method you want. If you take photos or videos after you tap

, the location-specific memories album is automatically created after a certain time under the Memories tab of Gallery. Tag locations Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Some files may not be opened due to encoding. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. You need to activate the GPS feature to create Memory albums. Useful Apps 80 Creating a movie You can create a new movie by putting images and videos together. 1 Tap 2 Select images or videos for your movie and tap Create movie. 3 Edit the selected images and videos and then tap Save. Create movie. and select A maximum of 50 videos can be used to create a movie. Useful Apps 81 Making a GIF You can easily make a GIF file using recorded video. Tap Making a GIF. and select Creating video 1 At the desired starting point while watching a video, tap 2 Select the length of the GIF you want to create. GIF is generated for the time selected from the specified starting point. For videos that are less than 5 seconds, GIF images are automatically generated for the remaining time. Creating GIF Photographs 1 In the photograph list in the Gallery, tap 2 Select a picture to turn into a GIF photograph, and then tap Create Create GIF. GIF. You can add/delete a photograph, adjust the speed or screen ratio, and set the photograph order. Creating GIF photographs is a function provided for the user to produce creative images. Violating rights such as intellectual property right or defaming the reputation of another person by using the creating GIF photographs function may lead to a civil or criminal liability in accordance with the related laws. Be cautious not to copy or transmit another persons work without authorization. LG Electronics is not liable in any way for such acts by users. You can select up to 100 photographs to produce when you create a GIF. Useful Apps 82 Contacts Contacts overview You can save and manage contacts. On the home screen, tap Essentials Contacts. Adding contacts Adding new contacts 1 On the contact list screen, tap

. Select the location you want. 2 Enter contact details and tap Save. A pop-up appears for selecting the saving location for contact. Importing contacts You can import contacts from another storage device. 1 On the contact list screen, tap 2 Select the source and target locations of the contact you want to Manage contacts Import. import, and then tap OK. 3 Select the contacts and tap Import. Adding contacts to the speed dial list 1 On the contact list screen, tap Speed dial. 2 Tap Add contact from a speed dial number. 3 Select a contact. While adding a new contact, tap to add a speed dial number. Useful Apps 83 Searching for contacts You can search for contacts by using one of the following options:

Tap the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and enter the desired contact or phone number you want to search for. Scroll the contact list up or down. From the index of the contact list screen, tap the initial letter of a contact. Pressing the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and entering a contact or phone number brings up the integrated search results from the call history and contacts list saved onto the product. Contacts list Editing contacts 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap 3 Tap Save to save changes. and edit details. Deleting contacts You can delete contacts by using one of the following options:

On the contact list screen, touch and hold a contact you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Delete on the contact list screen. Deleted contacts may not be restored. Useful Apps 84 Adding favourites You can register frequently used contacts as favourites. 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap

. Creating groups 1 On the contacts group list, tap 2 Enter a new group name. 3 Tap Add members, select contacts, then tap Add. 4 Tap Save to save the new group. QuickMemo+

QuickMemo+ overview You can make creative notes by using a variety of options on this advanced notepad feature, such as image management and screenshots, which are not supported by the conventional notepad. This device supports the Active Pen AES2.0 (Active Electrostatic). QuickMemo+. Creating a note 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap to create a note.

: Save a note.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Enter a note by using the keypad.

: Save your favorite pen types.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes. Useful Apps 85

: Access additional options. 3 Tap to save the note. Writing notes on a screenshot 1 While viewing the screen you want to capture, drag the status bar downwards and then tap The screen is captured and displayed as a thumbnail on the right

. bottom of the screen. 2 To write notes on the screen, tap 3 Write notes using the tools.

: Zoom in or out, or adjust the area to capture.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Crop the screen as you desire. 4 Tap and save the notes. Saved notes can be viewed in Gallery. Useful Apps 86 Additional features after capturing a screenshot You can capture the entire screen by using the scroll capture feature. While using an app such as Messaging and Chrome, drag the notifications panel downwards and then tap to capture the entire screen you are currently viewing as a single file. This feature is available only on some apps that support the scroll

. Then, tap Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to change the memo capture feature. layout. Useful Apps 87 Clock Alarm You can set an alarm to trigger it at a specified time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap 3 Configure the alarm settings and tap Save. to add a new alarm. Clock Alarm. If you select a previously set alarm, you can edit the alarm. To delete an alarm, tap touch and hold the alarm. Delete at the top of the screen. You can also World clock You can view the current time in cities around the world. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap and add a city. Clock World clock. Timer You can set the timer to trigger an alarm after a specified period of time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Set the time and tap Start. Timer. Clock To suspend the timer, tap Pause. To resume the timer, tap Resume. 3 Tap Stop to stop the timer alarm. Useful Apps 88 Stopwatch You can use the stopwatch to record a lap time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Start to initiate the stopwatch. Clock To record a lap time, tap Lap. 3 Tap Pause to suspend the stopwatch. Stopwatch. To resume the stopwatch, tap Resume. To clear all the records and restart the stopwatch, tap Reset. Calculator You can use two types of calculators: the simple calculator and the scientific calculator. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Use the keypad to make a calculation. Calculator. If you want to calculate from the beginning, tap and hold

. Useful Apps 89 Music You can play and manage songs or music albums. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Select a category. 3 Select a music file. Music. Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. Music files may be protected by international copyright owners or copyright laws. You may have to obtain legal permission before copying a music file. To download or copy a music file, first check the copyright law for the relevant country. This model supports Hi-Fi audio playback. Hi-Fi audio files display the Hi-Fi icon. If you set the flashlight, flashlight blinks to fit the music being played. Useful Apps 90 ThinQ You can easily connect the product with IoT appliances to monitor and conveniently use the appliances. On the home screen, tap Essentials ThinQ. Washing machine, dryer, styler, dishwasher, oven, and robot cleaner can only be registered when the product is in the standby mode. Look for the ThinQ mark on the product to see if it can be connected to ThinQ app. Tap to check various function of the ThinQ app. FM Radio You can listen to FM radio. On the home screen, tap Essentials FM Radio. To use this app, first connect earphones to the device. The earphones function as the radio antenna. This function may not be supported depending on the area. Useful Apps 91 Audio Recorder You can record and save your voice or others voices from important events. Recorded voice files can be played back or shared. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Audio Recorder. To pause recording, tap

. 3 Tap to end the recording. 4 Tap to play the recorded voice. The file is saved automatically and the recorded files screen appears. Tap to view the recorded files. You can play a recorded voice file from the list. Game Launcher You can set whether to use the game launcher where you can view the list of games installed on the product and select game settings such as muting media volume, limiting alerts, etc. 1 On the home screen, tap Game Launcher. 2 Select the desired option. Useful Apps 92 Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the home screen, tap Management Smart Doctor. LG Mobile Switch Easily transfer data from a used device to a new device via LG Mobile Switch. 1 On the home screen, tap Management LG Mobile Switch. You can also tap Settings LG Mobile Switch. If the app is not installed on the product, download and install the System Backup LG Mobile Switch app from the Google Play Store. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions to select a desired method for transfer. Data in a Google Account will not be backed up. When you synchronise your Google Account, Google apps, Google contacts, Google Calendar, Google memo app data and apps downloaded from the Play Store are stored on the Drive app automatically. Fully charge the battery before transferring data to avoid unintentional powering off during the process. App trash You can see the list of apps deleted on the home screen. The app that was deleted within the last 24 hours can be recovered. On the home screen, tap Management For more details, refer to App trash. App trash. Useful Apps 93 RemoteCall Service Your device can be remotely diagnosed for resolving issues. First, make a phone call to an LG Customer Service Centre as follows:

To use this function, first you must agree to usage of the function. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage depending on your pricing plan. 1 On the home screen, tap Services 2 Connect a call to an LG Customer Service Centre. 3 After the call connects, follow the service associates instructions to RemoteCall Service. enter a six-digit access number. Your device is remotely connected and the remote support service starts. Cell Broadcast You can view real-time text broadcasts on emergency situations, such as typhoons, floods and earthquakes. On the home screen, tap Services Cell Broadcast. Google apps You can use Google apps by setting a Google Account. The Google Account registration window appears automatically when you use a Google app for the first time. If you do not have a Google Account, create one from your device. For details on how to use an app, see the Help in the app. Some apps may not work depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 94 Calendar The Calendar app allows you to track your schedule of events (that you created), organised by Day, 3-day, Week or Month. Chrome A fast, simple, and secure web browser, built for the modern web. Docs Docs is a collaborative, word-processing tool that powers productivity. Use Docs to create, edit and work together in real-time. Drive Drive is a file storage and sharing app that makes it easy to find, share and collaborate on work projects from anywhere, instantly. Gmail Gmail is an easy to use mail app that keeps your messages safe, makes your inbox smarter, and helps you stay organised. Google The Google app keeps you in the know about the things you care about. Find quick answers, explore your interests, and get a feed of stories and updates on topics that matter to you. Maps Going somewhere? Go with Maps, the app you can rely on for real-time GPS navigation, traffic, transit, and details about millions of places, such as reviews and popular times. Photos Home for all your photos and videos, automatically organised so you can share and save what matters. Useful Apps 95 Play Movies & TV Use your Google Account to rent or purchase movies. Purchase content and play it anywhere. YT Music A new music streaming service from YouTube. Sheets Sheets is a collaborative spreadsheet processing tool that powers productivity. Use Sheets to import, organise and analyse information together in real-time. Slides Google Slides is a collaborative presentation creation tool that powers productivity. Use Slides to organise information, present results, and make decisions together in real-time. YouTube Watch your favourite channels, listen to music you love, and upload videos to share with people around the world. Assistant Your device has the Google Assistant built-in. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To get started, just tap the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone or touch and hold the home button of the phone. The Google Assistant is not available in certain languages and countries. Files You can view and manage files saved on your device. Useful Apps 96 04 Settings Settings You can customise the device settings in accordance with your preferences. On the home screen, tap Settings. If you enter a keyword on the search window at the top of the screen, you can conveniently run the items that need to be set. Network & internet Dual SIM card You can configure Dual SIM settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following functions:

Dual SIM Card. SIM card 1: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 1. SIM card 2: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 2. SIM card color theme: Change the colour themes for the SIM cards. Cost save mode: Activate or deactivate the cost save mode. In the cost save mode, if you make a call to a contact to which a specific SIM is assigned, this SIM is used for the call even if the other SIM is active, for example, it is using mobile data. Mobile data: Select a SIM card you want to use for mobile data service. You can also turn off this function. Data roaming: Select this option to enable the device to use mobile data when you are roaming outside your home network area. Mobile data during calls: Access mobile data using the nondefault data SIM card temporarily during an HD voice call with the same card. Settings 98 Wi-Fi You can connect to nearby devices over a Wi-Fi network. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Available Wi-Fi networks appear automatically. Wi-Fi. 3 Select a network. You may need to enter the networks Wi-Fi password. The device skips this process for previously accessed Wi-Fi networks. If you do not want to automatically connect to a certain Wi-Fi network, tap the network and then tap Forget. Wi-Fi network settings On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Switch to mobile data: If the mobile data connection function is activated but the device cannot connect to the Internet via Wi-Fi connection, the device automatically connects to the Internet via the mobile data connection. Wi-Fi. This feature depends on the service provider.

: Customise Wi-Fi network settings. Wi-Fi Direct You can connect your device to other devices that support Wi-Fi Direct to share data directly with them. You do not need an access point. You can connect with more than two devices by using Wi-Fi Direct. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Wi-Fi Advanced Wi-Fi Nearby devices that support Wi-Fi Direct automatically appear. Wi-Fi Direct. Settings 99 2 Select a device. Connection occurs when the device accepts the connection request. The battery may drain faster when using Wi-Fi Direct. Mobile data You can turn mobile data on and off. You can also manage mobile data usage. Turning on mobile data 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Customising mobile data settings 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile data. Mobile data. Mobile data: Set to use data connections on mobile networks. Limit mobile data usage: Set a limit for mobile data usage to block mobile data if the limit is reached.

: Customise mobile data settings. Data usage volume is measured based on the product, and the volume calculated by your mobile provider may be different. Settings 100 Call You can customise call settings, such as voice call and international call options. Some features may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the settings. Call. Tethering USB tethering You can connect the device to another device via USB and share mobile data. 1 Connect your device and other devices via USB cable. 2 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering USB tethering and then tap to activate it. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. When connecting to a computer, download the USB driver from www.lg.com and install it on the computer. You cannot send or receive files between your device and a computer while USB tethering is turned on. Turn off USB tethering to send or receive files. Operating systems that support tethering are Window XP or higher, or Linux. Settings 101 Wi-Fi hotspot You can set the device as a wireless router so that other devices can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Wi-Fi hotspot and then tap to activate it. 2 Tap Set up Wi-Fi hotspot, and enter the Wi-Fi name (SSID) and password. 3 Turn on Wi-Fi on the other device, and select the name of the device network on the Wi-Fi list. 4 Enter the network password. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#wifi Wi-Fi hotspot turn off timer When the Wi-Fi hotspot has not been used for a specific period of time, it is automatically disconnected. You can set the time for automatic disconnection. Bluetooth tethering A Bluetooth-connected device can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Bluetooth tethering and then tap to activate it. 2 Turn on Bluetooth on both devices and pair them. Settings 102 This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#Bluetooth_tethering Help You can view help on using tethering and hotspots. On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Help. Airplane mode You can turn off the call and mobile data functions. When this mode is on, functions that do not involve data, such as games and music playback, remain available. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap Turn on in the confirmation screen. Airplane mode. Mobile networks You can customise the mobile networks settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile networks. Network mode: Select a network type. Access Point Names: View or change the access point for using mobile data services. To change the access point, select a choice from the access point list. Network operators: Search for network operators and connect automatically to a network. Settings 103 VPN You can connect to a safe virtual network, such as an intranet. You can also manage connected virtual private networks. Adding VPN 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap

. VPN. This feature is available only when the screen lock is activated. If the screen lock is deactivated, a notification screen appears. Tap Change from the notification screen to activate the screen lock. See Setting a screen lock for details. 3 Enter VPN details and tap Save. Configuring VPN settings 1 Tap a VPN from the VPNS list. 2 Enter the VPN user account details and tap Connect. To save the account details, select the Save account information checkbox. Private DNS You can configure the Private DNS (Domain Name System) options. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Select the desired option and tap Save. Private DNS. Settings 104 Connected devices Bluetooth You can connect your device to nearby devices that support Bluetooth to exchange data with them. Connect your device to a Bluetooth headset and a keyboard. This makes it easier to control the device. Pairing with another device 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to activate it. Available devices appear automatically. To refresh the device list, tap

. Bluetooth. Only devices set as visible are displayed on the list. 3 Select a device from the list. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions to perform authentication. This step is skipped for previously accessed devices. Sending data via Bluetooth 1 Select a file. You can send multimedia files or contacts. Bluetooth. 2 Tap 3 Select a target device for the file. The file is sent as soon as the target device accepts it. File sharing processes may differ, depending on the file. Settings 105 Sharing panel You can share contents from Gallery, Music and File Manager with nearby devices. Also you can share the content with specific people in apps that work with Google Direct Share. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to deactivate each option. Sharing panel. Nearby devices: You can display the nearby devices to which you can share contents on the Gallery, Music, and File Manager apps. Direct share: From an app which supports Google Direct Share, you can display an icon which allows you to share contents to specific people. File sharing You can send and receive files between your device and other LG devices or tablets. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Customise the following settings:

K52: Change the device name. Save to: Set the destination folder to save files sent from other File sharing. devices in. Beam. File sharing: Permit receipt of files sent from other devices. SmartShare Beam: Share files with other devices via SmartShare Help: You can view help on sharing files. Settings 106 Printing You can connect your device to a Bluetooth printer and print photos or documents saved on the device. On the settings screen, tap Connected devices Tap Default Print Service to search for printers you can connect to. Or, Printing. tap Tap Add printer to manually add a printer. Add service to download the printer app you want. This is available only when the mobile network or the Bluetooth function is turned on. account. To down the printer app in Add service, first log on to your Google Sound Silent. You can customise sound, vibrate and notification settings. On the settings screen, tap Sound and customise the following settings:

Sound profile: Change the sound mode to Sound, Vibrate only, or Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items. Ringtone: Select a ringtone for incoming calls. Add or delete ringtones. Notification sound: Select a notification ringtone. Set music saved on the device as a notification ringtone. Ring with vibration: Set the device to vibrate and play a ringtone simultaneously. contact. ringtone. Ringtone ID: Create a ringtone for an incoming call from a particular Flash alert for incoming call: Set the flash to blink according to LG Settings 107 Do not disturb: Set the time, range and app type to receive notification messages. Receive notification messages only on particular days of the week. Sound quality and effects: Use the function to set the sound quality and effects while playing a song or video.

- Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items.

- Normalize volume: Use the function to normalise the volumes of different sound sources.

- Equalizer: Use the function to adjust the equaliser settings.

- LG 3D Sound Engine: Use the function to play music or video in three-dimensional, immersive and vivid sound when earphones, speaker or other external audio devices are connected. See LG 3D Sound Engine for details. Vibration type: You can select the type of vibration when receiving Dialing keypad sound: Select the keypad sound effect. Touch sound: Select a sound effect for tapping an item. Screen lock sound: Select a sound effect when the screen is locked or calls. unlocked. Notifications You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications. 1 On the settings screen, tap Notifications. 2 Customise the settings as desired. Settings 108 Display You can customise detailed settings for each screen type. On the settings screen, tap Display and customise the following settings:

Home screen: Customise settings for the Home screen. See Home screen settings for details. Navigation bar: Set the style of the navigation bar with Gestures or Buttons only. you can also change the button combination when you set Buttons only as a style of the navigation bar. For details, see Using Navigation bar. Status bar: Set the color of the status bar on the top of the screen, or set the notification icon display and battery percentage display. Comfort view: Set the device to reduce amount of blue light on screen to reduce eye strain. the screen at night time. Night mode: You can apply a dimmed screen theme to avoid glare on Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Accent color: Change the point color for settings, menus, notification windows, etc. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Full screen apps: Adjust the screen size of apps. Brightness: Use the slide bar to change the devices screen brightness. To automatically adjust screen brightness according to ambient light intensity, tap the Auto switch. Auto: Set the device so that the screen brightness is automatically adjusted in accordance with the ambient light intensity. Screen timeout: Automatically turn off the screen when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically rotate the screen according to the devices orientation. Settings 109 Screen saver: Display a screen saver when the device is connected to the holder or charger. Select a screen saver type to display. One-handed screen: Make the screen size smaller to conveniently use the device with one hand. Drag the Home touch button at the bottom of the screen to the left or right. Wallpaper & theme You can select wallpaper, screen theme, icon style or AOD (Always-on Display) for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Wallpaper & theme. 2 Tap Wallpaper or Theme to customise the settings. Lock screen & security You can customise lock screen and security settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Lock screen & security. 2 Customise the settings. Google Play Protect: Scan your device daily for potentially harmful apps. Find My Device: Remotely track the device location. You can also protect your data securely if you lost your device. Security update: Check for software update and configure automatic installation settings. Select screen lock: Select the desired screen lock method. See Setting a screen lock for details. Customize Lock screen: Change the information displayed on the locked screen. Secure lock settings: Change the secure lock settings. Fingerprints: Use your fingerprint to unlock the screen or content. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Settings 110 Content lock: Allow you to set a lock type (password or pattern) for your Gallery files. Encryption & credentials: Configure the settings for SD card encryption and credentials.

- Encrypt SD card: Encrypt the memory card to prevent use on another device. See Memory card encryption for details.

- Credential protection: View the type of the storage where the security certificate will be saved.

- Trusted credentials: View your systems root CA certificates and user-installed CA certificates.

- User credentials: View and change secure certificate information stored on your device.

- Install from storage: Install a secure certificate from a storage.

- Clear credentials: Delete user-installed secure certificates and related credentials. Phone administrators: Allow privileges to restrict the control or use of the device to particular apps. Trust agents: View and use trust agents installed on the device. Screen pin: Fix the app screen so that only the currently active app can be used. Usage access: View details on usage of apps on the device. Settings 111 Privacy You can find and adjust all your privacy settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Privacy. 2 Customise the settings. Permission manager: Allows you to check and change the permissions granted to the apps. Lock screen: Allows you to set notifications to show on the lock screen. Make passwords visible: Enable this option to briefly show each character of the password as you type it so you can see what youve entered. Auto-fill service from Google: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use the Google Autocomplete feature, or add a new service account. Google location history: Allows you to enable or disable Location History. When enabled, Google periodically stores and uses your phones most recent location data in connection with your Google Account. From the Location History screen, tap your location data. to view and/or manage Activity controls: Select activities and information which you want Ads: Allows you to check the advertising ID and set the personalised Google to save. ads. Usage & diagnostics: Enable this option to help improve the Android experience by automatically sending diagnostic, device, and app usage data to Google. Settings 112 Location You can check how your location information is shared and configure the permission to access your location information. On the settings screen, tap Location and set the desired function. Extensions Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the settings screen, tap Extensions Smart Doctor. Gaming You can configure settings for game tools, graphics and battery saving feature. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings:

Gaming. Game Launcher: Tap Game tools: You can run the function while playing games by touching the game tools icon among the home touch buttons. to use the game launcher. Game graphics: Adjust the game graphics. When you change the resolutions on some games, the screen display feature may not work properly. This function may not be available in certain game apps. Break time: Reduce the screen brightness and performance whenever you leave the game running for more than 5 minutes. Settings 113 Dual App You can install duplicate messenger apps on the product and use two accounts at the same time. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 After reading the disclaimer, tap Confirm. 3 In the list of available apps, tap Install to install a copy of a desired app Dual App. and follow the on-screen instructions. On the screen, the list of available dual apps is shown. During installation, app icons are generated on the home screen. Shortcuts You can use buttons such as the Lock/Power, Volume, and Google Assistant to run certain apps or functions right away. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings. Shortcuts. Open Camera: Press Power key twice to open Camera. Open Screen-off memo: Press Volume Up key twice to open Screen-off memo when the screen is locked or off. Open Camera: Press Volume Down key twice to open Camera when the screen is locked or off. Open Google Assistant: Press the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone. Talk to Google Assistant: Press and hold the Google Assistant key to quickly talk to your Assistant. Google Assistant does not support certain languages. Settings 114 KnockON Double-tap the screen to turn the screen on or off. See KnockON for details. Apps You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications, app permissions, and more. 1 On the settings screen, tap Apps. 2 Customise the settings. Battery You can view the current battery information or turn on power-saving mode. 1 On the settings screen, tap Battery. 2 Customise the following settings:

Battery usage: View the battery usage details. Adaptive battery: Allow you to save the battery by stopping apps running in the background. Background restrictions: Enable this option to restrict background apps to save the battery while using the device. Restricted apps for power saving may not work properly or may not send you notifications. Battery saver: Reduce battery consumption by cutting down some device settings, such as the display brightness, speed and vibration intensity. Power saving exclusions: Select apps to use without any functional limitation while in power saving or battery optimisation mode. Settings 115 Storage You can view and manage internal storage on the device or storage space of the memory card. 1 On the settings screen, tap Storage. 2 Customise the following settings:

Internal storage: View the total storage space and free space in the devices internal storage. View a list of apps in use and the storage capacity for each app. SD card: View the total storage space and free space in the memory card. This option appears only when a memory card is inserted. To unmount the memory card, tap

. Accounts You can add users to share your device and register a cloud account. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accounts. 2 Customise the settings. Digital Wellbeing & parental controls You can view the product use time and set the timer for each app. Also, you can manage the mobile phone use time by using the Sleep Preparation Mode and Focus Mode. Select Digital Wellbeing & parental controls on the settings screen and set the desired function. Settings 116 You can use Google settings to manage your Google apps and account settings. On the settings screen, tap Google. Google System Update centre You can check and install the latest version of the app or software provided by LG. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Update center. App Updates: Check if an app update is available. If available, you can install the update. Software Update: Check if a software update is available. If available, you can install the update. Language & keyboard You can customise language and keyboard settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Language & keyboard. Language: Select a language to apply for the device. Manage keyboards: You can change the products basic keyboard setting, set the use environments for LG Keyboard or other installed keyboards, and set the speech recognition function for Google Voice input. Also, you can set whether to display the keyboard button in the touch button area on the home screen so that you can quickly switch to another keyboard. Settings 117 Physical keyboard: Select to use the physical keyboard, or check keyboard shortcut keys. Spell Checker. Spell checker: Allows you to set various options for the Google Autofill service: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use Google Autocomplete, or add a new service account. Text-to-speech output: Configure the settings for text-to-speech output. Pointer speed: Adjust the pointer speed of a mouse or trackpad. Reverse mouse buttons: Reverse the right mouse button to perform primary direct-manipulation actions. Date & time You can customise date and time settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the settings. Date & time. Memory You can view the average amount of memory usage over a certain period of time and the memory occupied by an app. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Tap to set a time slot to retrieve data. Memory. Settings 118 Backup You can back up data saved on your device to another device or account. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Backup. LG Mobile Switch: Allow you to transfer data from an old LG device to your new LG device. See LG Mobile Switch for details. Backup & restore: Back up your device data or restore data to your device from a backup. Resetting your device may delete backup files saved in storage. Make sure to copy and store the important backup files to your PC. Google backup: Change Google drive backup settings. You can also check the backup account currently used, or add a new backup account. Restart & reset You can reset the device including network and app settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Restart & reset. Auto-restart: Automatically restart and optimise the phone at a to activate this feature. The device automatically set time. Tap restarts at a set time and optimise itself. Select a date and time for restart. Settings 119 You can set the device to restart itself once a week. The device automatically restarts in an hour from the preset time. Once the device restarts, notifications and badges are erased. Save important data before the preset time. The Auto-restart feature is not activated in the following situations:

When the screen is turned on, when the device is in use, when the battery level is 30% or less, or when the USIM card is locked.

- Depending on the telecommunication provider, the auto-restart function may or may not be available. Network settings reset: Reset Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and other network settings. data. Reset app preferences: Reset the settings for an app. The data saved in the app will not be deleted. Factory data reset: Reset all settings for the device and delete Restarting and resetting your device deletes all data on it. Enter your device name, Google Account and other initial information again. After data initialization, the data cannot be restored. About phone You can view information about your device, such as the name, status, software details and legal information. On the settings screen, tap System About phone and view information. Regulatory & safety You can view regulatory marks and related information on your device. On the settings screen, tap System Regulatory & safety. Settings 120 Accessibility You can manage accessibility plug-ins installed on your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accessibility. 2 Customise the following settings:

Vision TalkBack: Set the device to notify screen status or actions via voice. information via voice. Vision Voice notifications: Set the device to read the caller Vision Vision Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Touch zoom: Zoom in or out by tapping the screen three Window zoom: Zoom in or out within a window and invert Vision times. Vision the colour. Vision Vision Large mouse pointer: Magnify the mouse pointer. High contrast screen: Turn the background colour into black for a high contrast screen. Vision Screen color inversion: Increase the display colour contrast for people with low vision. Vision Vision Vision Screen color adjustment: Adjust the display colour. Monochrome: Switch the screen to grayscale mode. End call with the Power key: End a call by pressing the Power/Lock key. Hearing Caption preferences: Turn on the subtitle service when playing videos for the hearing impaired. Hearing Flash alerts: Set the device to notify you with a blinking light for incoming calls, messages and alarms. Settings 121 Hearing Mute all sounds: Mute all sounds and lower volume on the receiver. Hearing Hearing Audio channel: Select the audio type. Sound balance: Adjust the audio output balance. Use the slide bar to change the balance. Motor & cognition Touch assistant: Turn on the touch board to make buttons and gestures easier to use. Motor & cognition Touch input: Enter text by touching and holding the screen or modify it by simply touching the screen. Motor & cognition Physical keyboard: Customise the keyboard settings. Motor & cognition Auto mouse click: Automatically click the mouse pointer in case of no movement. Motor & cognition Touch and hold for calls: Answer or decline calls by touching and holding the call button instead of dragging it. Motor & cognition Screen timeout: Turn off the screen automatically when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Motor & cognition Touch control areas: Limit the touch area so that only a particular portion of the screen can be controlled by touch input. Accessibility features shortcut: Quickly access a frequently used function by tapping three times. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically change the screen orientation according to the physical position of the device. Select to Speak: Allow you to tap items to hear spoken feedback. Switch Access: Create key combinations to control your device. Settings 122 05 Appendix LG Language Settings Select a language to use on your device. On the home screen, tap Settings Language Add language, and select a language. System Language & keyboard

- Touch and hold and drag it to the top of the language list to set it as a default language. LG Bridge LG Bridge overview You can back up contacts, photos and more to the computer or update the device software. See LG Bridge help for details. The supported features may vary depending on the device. LG USB driver is a necessary program to connect your LG smartphone with the computer and is installed when you install LG Bridge. LG Bridge functions Back up data from the device to a computer or restore data from a computer to the device via USB cable connection. Update the device software from a computer via USB cable connection. Appendix 124 Installing LG Bridge on a computer 1 Go to www.lg.com from your computer. 2 Select your region. 3 Click Support 4 Enter the name of your device. Software & Firmware. OR Select by the Product Category. 5 Go to PC Sync LG Bridge to download the setup file. Go to Details to view the minimum requirements for installing LG Bridge. Phone software update LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet For more information about using this function, please visit http://www.lg.com/common/index.jsp, select your country and language. This feature allows you to conveniently update the firmware on your phone to a newer version from the Internet without needing to visit a service centre. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. Because the mobile phone firmware update requires the users full attention for the duration of the update process, please make sure you check all instructions and notes that appear at each step before proceeding. Please note that removing the USB cable during the upgrade may seriously damage your mobile phone. LG reserves the right to make firmware updates available only for selected models at its own discretion and does not guarantee the availability of the newer version of the firmware for all handset models. Appendix 125 LG Mobile Phone software update via Over-

the-Air (OTA) This feature allows you to conveniently update your phones software to a newer version via OTA, without connecting a USB cable. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. To perform the phone software update, Settings for update. Software Update Update center Check now System Your personal data from internal phone storageincluding information about your Google Account and any other accounts, your system/

application data and settings, any downloaded applications and your DRM licencemight be lost in the process of updating your phones software. Therefore, LG recommends that you backup your personal data before updating your phones software. LG does not take responsibility for any loss of personal data. This feature depends on the area or service provider. Appendix 126 Anti-Theft Guide Set up your device to prevent other people from using it if it's been reset to factory settings without your permission. For example, if your device is lost, stolen, or wiped, only someone with your Google Account or screen lock information can use the device. All you need to make sure your device is protected is:

Set a screen lock: If your device is lost or stolen but you have a screen lock set, the device can't be erased using the Settings menu unless your screen is unlocked. Add your Google Account on your device: If your device is wiped but you have your Google Account on it, the device can't finish the setup process until your Google Account information is entered again. After your device is protected, you'll need to either unlock your screen or enter your Google Account password if you need to do a factory reset. This ensures that you or someone you trust is doing the reset. Do not forget your Google Account and password you had added to your device prior to performing a factory reset. If you can't provide the account information during the setup process, you won't be able to use the device at all after performing the factory reset. Appendix 127 Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) Regulatory & safety. For regulatory details, go to Settings System Appendix 128 Trademarks Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. LG and the LG logo are registered trademarks of LG Group and its related entities. Google, Google Maps, Gmail, YouTube, Google Duo, Google Play, Android, Chrome, Google Photos, Google Play Protect, Google Calendar, Google Docs, Google Drive, Google Sheets and other related marks and logos are trademarks of Google LLC. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. worldwide. Wi-Fi and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their Alliance. respective owners. Appendix 129 Laser safety statement Caution!

This product employs a Laser system. To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owners manual carefully and retain for future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorised service centre. Use of controls, adjustments, or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure or make direct contact with the laser. DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Hereby, LG Electronics declares that this LM-K525HMW product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/declaration Appendix 130 Contact office for compliance of this product LG Electronics European Shared Service Center B.V. Krijgsman 1, 1186 DM Amstelveen, The Netherlands Wi-Fi (WLAN) The use of the 5150 5350 MHz band is restricted to indoor use only. AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK UK AL ME RS MK TR BA XK Appendix 131 More information Tempered glass parts Tempered glass parts of this device are not permanent and they may wear out over time. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Center. You can purchase protective cases to protect your device from damage on the market. Note that these protective cases are not covered under the warranty service provided by LG Electronics and safety is not guaranteed. Aspect ratio This device uses 20.5:9 aspect ratio. Some downloaded apps may not support 20.5:9 aspect ratio. In this case, select the most optimal screen ratio for the app or consult the app provider for more information. Appendix 132 Guide to data transfers For the data that can be exchange between LG devices or between the LG device and a third party device, see the following table. LG device LG device Third party Android device LG device iOS device LG device Type Item details Contacts, messages, dial logs, calendar, voice recordings Personal data Memos Alarms Media data Photos, videos, songs, documents Screen settings Apps Home screen settings

(folders and widgets) Lock screen settings

(screen lock settings excluded) Downloaded apps Personal data of the downloaded app Public certificate Others Settings (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Calls, sound & notification, accessibility, battery) X X X X X X X X X

X X Some data may not be transmitted depending on the software version, app version, operating system, manufacturer or service providers policy. Appendix 133 Supported Frequency Bands Transmitter Output power GSM 900 GSM 1800 WCDMA VIII WCDMA I LTE B28 LTE B20 LTE B8 LTE B3 LTE B1 LTE B7 LTE B40 LTE B38 BT 2.4GHz WLAN 2.4GHz WLAN 5GHz XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm Travel Adapter Information can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc Appendix 134 Disposal of your old appliance 1. This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products (WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 2. Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3. You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling Disposal of waste batteries/accumulators 1. This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury

(Hg), cadmium (Cd) or lead (Pb) if the battery contains more than 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2. All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3. The correct disposal of your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 4. For more detailed information about disposal of your old batteries/

accumulators, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Appendix 135 FAQ This chapter lists some problems you might encounter when using your device. Some problems require you to call your service provider, but most are easy to fix yourself. SIM card error Make sure the SIM card is correctly inserted. No network connection or dropped network Signal is weak. Move to a window or an open area. You are outside the carrier network area. Move and check the network. Calls are not available New network not authorised. Make sure you have not set call barring for the incoming number. Make sure you have not set call barring for the number you are dialling. Device cannot be turned on When the battery is completely discharged, your device will not turn on. Fully charge the battery before turning on the device. Charging error Make sure device is charging at a normal temperature. Check the charger and its connection to the device. Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. The battery depletes faster than when first purchased When you expose the device or the battery to very cold or hot temperatures, the battery life may be reduced. Battery consumption will increase when you use certain features or apps, such as GPS, games or the Internet. The battery is consumable and the battery life will get shorter over time. Appendix 136 Error messages appear when launching the camera Charge the battery. Free some memory by transferring files to a computer or deleting files from your device. Restart the device. If you are still having trouble with the camera app after trying these tips, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. The photo quality is poor The quality of your photos may vary, depending on the surroundings and the photography techniques you use. If you take photos and videos, standard angle quality is better than wide-

angle. If you take photos in dark areas, at night or indoors, image noise may occur or images may be out of focus. If you have any problems, reset the options. The touch screen responds slowly or incorrectly If you attach a screen protector or optional accessories to the touch screen, the touch screen may not function properly. If you are wearing gloves, if your hands are not clean while touching the touch screen or if you tap the screen with sharp objects or your fingertips, the touch screen may malfunction. The touch screen may malfunction in humid conditions or when exposed to water. Restart your device to clear any temporary software bugs. If the touch screen is scratched or damaged, visit a LG Electronics Service Centre. Appendix 137 Hangs or freezes Restart the device If your device freezes or hangs, you may need to close apps or turn the device off and then on again. Perform a boot-up A soft reset may be used to reset the device if the screen freezes, or the buttons, touch screen or device are no longer responding. To perform a soft reset of your device, simply press and hold the Volume Down and Power keys until the device restarts. Reset the device If the methods above do not solve your problem, perform a factory data reset. On the settings screen, tap System Restart & reset Factory data reset.

- This method resets all settings for the device and deletes data. Before performing the factory data reset, remember to make back-

up copies of all important data stored in the device.

- If you registered a Google Account to the device, you must sign in to the same Google Account after resetting the device. Appendix 138 Bluetooth device is not located Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on your device. Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on the device you wish to connect to. Make sure your device and the other Bluetooth device are within the maximum Bluetooth range (10 m). If the tips above do not solve your problem, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. A connection is not established when you connect the device to a computer Make sure the USB cable you are using is compatible with your device. Make sure you have the proper driver installed and updated on your computer. Downloaded application causes a lot of errors Application has problems. Remove and reinstall the application. Appendix 139

E N G L I S H USER GUIDE LM-K520HM Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. MFLXXXXXXXX (1.0) www.lg.com ENGLISH About this user guide Thank you for choosing this LG product. Please carefully read this user guide before using the device for the first time to ensure safe and proper use. Always use genuine LG accessories. The supplied items are designed only for this device and may not be compatible with other devices. Descriptions are based on the device default settings. Default apps on the device are subject to updates, and support for these apps may be withdrawn without prior notice. If you have any questions about an app provided with the device, please contact an LG Service Centre. For user-installed apps, please contact the relevant service provider. Modifying the devices operating system or installing software from unofficial sources may damage the device and lead to data corruption or data loss. Such actions will violate your LG licence agreement and void your warranty. Some content and illustrations may differ from your device, depending on the area, service provider, software version, or OS version, and are subject to change without prior notice. Software, audio, wallpaper, images, and other media supplied with your device are licenced for limited use. If you extract and use these materials for commercial or other purposes, you may be infringing copyright laws. As a user, you are fully responsible for the illegal use of media. Additional charges may incur for data services, such as messaging, uploading, downloading, auto-syncing and location services. To avoid additional charges, select a data plan suitable to your needs. Contact your service provider to obtain additional details. This user guide is written in major languages for each country. Depending on the language used, content may partly differ. 1 Instructional notices WARNING: Situations that could cause injury to the user and third parties. device. CAUTION: Situations that may cause minor injury or damage to the NOTE: Notices or additional information. About this user guide 2 Table of contents 6 Guidelines for safe and efficient use 01 02 Custom-designed Features 16 16 18 22 Multi-tasking feature Audio recording features Google Assistant Fingerprint recognition Basic Functions 26 Product components and accessories Parts overview Turning the power on or off Installing the SIM card Inserting the memory card Removing the memory card Battery Touch screen Home screen Screen lock 27 31 32 34 35 35 38 41 50 53 Memory card encryption 54 54 56 Taking screenshots Content sharing Do not disturb 3 Installing and uninstalling apps App Shortcuts Phone 03 Camera Gallery Contacts QuickMemo+

Clock Calculator Useful Apps 58 60 61 65 Messaging 66 78 83 85 88 89 90 Music 91 ThinQ FM Radio 91 Audio Recorder 92 Game Launcher 92 Smart Doctor 93 93 LG Mobile Switch App trash 93 RemoteCall Service 94 Cell Broadcast 94 94 Google apps 04 Settings Settings 98 98 Network & internet 105 Connected devices 107 Sound 108 Notifications 109 Display 110 Wallpaper & theme 110 Lock screen & security 112 Privacy 113 Location 113 Extensions 115 Apps 115 Battery 116 Storage 116 Accounts 116 Digital Wellbeing & parental controls 117 Google 117 System 121 Accessibility Table of contents 4 05 Appendix 124 LG Language Settings 124 LG Bridge 125 Phone software update 127 Anti-Theft Guide 128 Open Source Software Notice Information 128 Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) 129 Trademarks 130 Laser safety statement 130 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 131 Contact office for compliance of this product 131 Wi-Fi (WLAN) 132 More information 136 FAQ Table of contents 5 Guidelines for safe and efficient use Please read these simple guidelines. Not following these guidelines may be dangerous or illegal. Should a fault occur, a software tool is built into your device that will gather a fault log. This tool gathers only data specific to the fault, such as signal strength, cell ID position in sudden call drop and applications loaded. The log is used only to help determine the cause of the fault. These logs are encrypted and can only be accessed by an authorised LG Repair centre should you need to return your device for repair. Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information. This device has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardised methods with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various LG device models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model tested for use at the ear is X.XXX W/kg

(10g) and when worn on the body is X.XXX W/kg (10g). This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used either in the normal use position against the ear or when positioned at least 5 mm away from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the product at least 5 mm away from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distance instructions are followed until the transmission is completed. 6 Information about the RF exposure from FCC In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States, with its action in Report and Order FCC 96-326, adopted an updated safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC regulated transmitters. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standard previously set by both international and U.S. standards. The design of this device complies with FCC guidelines and these international standards. Part 15.19 statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Part 15.21 Statement Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 7 Body-worn Operation This device was tested for typical bodyworn operations with the back of the device kept 0.39 inches (1cm) between the users body and the back of the device. To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, a minimum separation distance of 0.39 inches (1cm) must be maintained between the users body and the back of the device. Any beltclips, holsters, and similar accessories containing metallic components may not be used. Body-worn accessories that cannot maintain 0.39 inches (1cm) separation distance between the users body and the back of the device, and have not been tested for typical body-worn operations may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and should be avoided. Part 15.105 Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Product care and maintenance Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. LG does not guarantee any damage or failure which is caused by third party accessories. Some contents and illustrations may differ from your device without prior notice. work is required. Do not disassemble this unit. Take it to a qualified service technician when repair Guidelines for safe and efficient use 8 Repairs under warranty, at LGs discretion, may include replacement parts or boards that are either new or reconditioned, provided that they have functionality equal to that of the parts being replaced. Keep away from electrical appliances such as TVs, radios and personal The unit should be kept away from heat sources such as radiators or cookers. computers. Do not drop. Do not subject this unit to mechanical vibration or shock. Switch off the device in any area where you are required to by special regulations. For example, do not use your device in hospitals as it may affect sensitive medical equipment. Do not handle the device with wet hands while it is being charged. It may cause an electric shock and can seriously damage your device. Do not charge a handset near flammable material as the handset can become hot and create a fire hazard. benzene, thinner or alcohol). Use a dry cloth to clean the exterior of the unit (do not use solvents such as Do not charge the device when it is on soft furnishings. The device should be charged in a well ventilated area. Do not subject this unit to excessive smoke or dust. Do not keep the device next to credit cards or transport tickets; it can affect the information on the magnetic strips. Do not tap the screen with a sharp object as it may damage the device. Do not expose the device to liquid or moisture. Use accessories like earphones cautiously. Do not touch the antenna unnecessarily. Do not use, touch or attempt to remove or fix broken, chipped or cracked glass. Damage to the glass display due to abuse or misuse is not covered under the warranty. Your device is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your device during or immediately after operation. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 9 If your device gets wet, immediately unplug it to dry off completely. Do not attempt to accelerate the drying process with an external heating source, such as an oven, microwave or hair dryer. The liquid in your wet device, changes the colour of the product label inside your device. Damage to your device as a result of exposure to liquid is not covered under your warranty. A mobile device requires proper air circulation in order to dissipate heat. Direct skin contact and inadequate circulation of air flow to the device may cause the device to overheat. The device must be at least 1.0cm from between the users body. Prevent dust of any other foreign substances from getting into the Charger/

USB cable port. It may cause heat or fire. Avoid exposing the device to low air pressure at high altitude. Do not expose the device to extremely low air pressure. Otherwise, it can cause explosion of the battery or leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Efficient device operation Electronics devices All devices may receive interference, which could affect performance. Do not use your device near medical equipment without requesting permission. Please consult your doctor to determine if operation of your device may interfere with the operation of your medical device. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that you leave at least 15 cm of space between other devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. This device may produce a bright or flashing light. Some hearing aids might be disturbed by devices. Minor interference may affect TVs, radios, PCs etc. Use your device in temperatures between 0C and 40C, if possible. Exposing your device to extremely low or high temperatures may result in damage, malfunction, or even explosion. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 10 Road safety Check the laws and regulations on the use of devices in the area when you drive. Do not use a hand-held device while driving. Give full attention to driving. so require. Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions RF energy may affect some electronic systems in your vehicle such as car stereos and safety equipment. When your vehicle is equipped with an air bag, do not obstruct with installed or portable wireless equipment. It can cause the air bag to fail or cause serious injury due to improper performance. If you are listening to music whilst out and about, please ensure that the volume is at a reasonable level so that you are aware of your surroundings. This is of particular importance when near roads. Avoid damage to your hearing To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Damage to your hearing can occur if you are exposed to loud sound for long periods of time. We therefore recommend that you do not turn on or off the handset close to your ear. We also recommend that music and call volumes are set to a reasonable level. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you, or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 11 Glass Parts Some parts of your device are made of glass. This glass could break if your device is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your device until the glass is replaced by an authorised service provider. Blasting area Do not use the device where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions and follow any regulations or rules. Potentially explosive atmospheres Do not use your device at a refueling point. Do not use near fuel or chemicals. Do not transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the same compartment of your vehicle as your device or accessories. In aircraft Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. Turn your device off before boarding any aircraft. Do not use it on the ground without permission from the crew. Children Keep the device in a safe place out of the reach of small children. It includes small parts which may cause a choking hazard if detached. Emergency calls Emergency calls may not be available on all mobile networks. Therefore you should never depend solely on your device for emergency calls. Check with your local service provider. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 12 Battery information and care You do not need to completely discharge the battery before recharging. Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the batterys performance. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximise the battery life. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery. Keep the metal contacts of the battery clean. Replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance. The battery pack may be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing. Recharge the battery if it has not been used for a long time to maximise usability. such as in the bathroom. performance. Do not expose the battery charger to direct sunlight or use it in high humidity, Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, as this may deteriorate battery Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Always unplug the charger from the wall socket after the device is fully charged to save unnecessary power consumption of the charger. Actual battery life will depend on network configuration, product settings, usage patterns, battery and environmental conditions. Make sure that no sharp-edged items such as animals teeth or claws, come into contact with the battery. This could cause a fire. Power Consumption (Networked Standby Mode) : X.X W Securing personal information Make sure to protect your personal information to prevent data leakage or misuse of sensitive information. Always back up important data while using the device. LG is not responsible for any data loss. Make sure to back up all data and reset the device when disposing of the device to prevent any misuse of sensitive information. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 13 Read the permission screen carefully while downloading applications. Be cautious using the applications that have access to multiple functions or to your personal information. Check your personal accounts regularly. If you find any sign of misuse of your personal information, ask your service provider to delete or change your account information. If your device is lost or stolen, change the password of your account to secure your personal information. Do not use applications from unknown sources. Notice for Battery replacement Li-Ion Battery is a hazardous component which can cause injury. Battery replacement by a non-qualified professional can cause damage to your device. Do not replace the battery by yourself. The battery can be damaged, which can cause overheat and injury. The battery must be replaced by a qualified professional. The battery should be recycled or disposed separately from household waste. In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/ contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell using specialised tools. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 14 01 Custom-designed Features Audio recording features LG 3D Sound Engine LG 3D Sound Engine feature allows you to hear stereoscopic and optimised sound. When playing music or video, you can enjoy stereoscopic and immersive sound as if you were listening in the field. 1 Drag the notifications panel downwards. 2 Tap to turn on or off the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Or tap Settings Sound Engine and tap to activate it. Sound Sound quality and effects LG 3D If you connect an external audio device such as an earphone or speaker to the product, a pop-up appears to turn on the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Google Assistant Google Assistant overview Your device has the built-in Google Assistant feature. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To use this feature, first connect to the network. Launching Google Assistant 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Tap GET STARTED. Custom-designed Features 16 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. The device saves your voice data for recognition. 4 Set whether to use the voice match unlock function. If you use the voice match unlock function, you can unlock the device even when the device screen is turned off or the device is charging by saying OK Google or Hey Google. This feature may be more vulnerable to security than the other screen locks, such as Pattern, PIN, and Password. When a similar voice or your recorded voice is used, the screen may be unlocked. To use this feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen

& security screen lock method you set to unlock the device. Secure lock settings Smart Lock, and then use the You need to unlock the device by using the specified method if you fail to unlock the device with voice recognition. See Setting a screen lock for details. 5 Tap Finish. Hey Google. question. Accessing by Voice 1 When the home screen is turned off or locked, say OK Google or 2 When the Google Assistant screen appears, say a command or ask a Accessing from Home Screen 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Say a command or question when you see on the bottom of the screen. Custom-designed Features 17 In an environment where Wi-Fi or mobile data connection is poor, the Google Assistant function may be restricted and the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. If the speech is ambiguous, the microphone is covered, a media player is playing, or the surrounding is loud, the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. When you are using the product via voice commands, say with accurate pronunciation in a quite environment for better speech recognition accuracy. Fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition overview You must register your fingerprint on your device first before using the fingerprint recognition function. You can use the fingerprint recognition function in the following cases:

To unlock the screen. To view the locked content in the Gallery. Confirm a purchase by signing into an app or identifying yourself with your fingerprint. You can use fingerprint data for user authentication. There is a possibility that the fingerprint sensor might recognise a different but very similar fingerprint as the same registered fingerprint. To strengthen security, it is recommended that you use the pattern, PIN, or password method for unlocking the screen. If the device cannot detect your fingerprint or you forgot the value specified for registration, visit the nearest LG Customer Service Centre with your device and ID card. Custom-designed Features 18 Precautions for fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition accuracy may decrease due to a number of reasons. To maximise the recognition accuracy, check the following before using the device. At the bottom centre of the products screen, there is a built-in sensor that recognises fingerprints. Be careful not to scratch or damage the fingerprint sensor with metal objects such as coins or keys. If there are foreign substances (sweat, lotion, water, dirt, grease, etc.) on the fingerprint sensor or on the finger to be put on the sensor, fingerprint recognition may not work properly. Wipe the sensor and the finger clean and remove all moisture before putting the finger on the sensor. If the fingers surface is rough due to it being scarred or pruney from water, the sensor may not be able to recognise the fingerprint. In such a case, register another fingerprint. If you bend your finger or use the fingertip only, your fingerprint may not be recognised. Make sure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint sensor. Scan only one finger for each registration. Scanning more than one finger may affect fingerprint registration and recognition. The device may generate static electricity if the surrounding air is dry. If the surrounding air is dry, avoid scanning fingerprints, or touch a metallic object such as a coin or a key before scanning fingerprints to remove static electricity. Custom-designed Features 19 Registering fingerprints You can register and save your fingerprint on the device to use fingerprint identification. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. A lock screen must be set in order to be able to use this feature. If the screen lock is not active, configure the lock screen by following the on-screen instructions. See Setting a screen lock for details. 2 Place your finger on the fingerprint sensor on the device and adjust it little by little. Gently press the fingerprint sensor so that the sensor can recognise Ensure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint your fingerprint. sensor. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Until the fingerprint registration is completed, move the same finger around on the sensor little by little. Put the finger on the sensor. When you feel a vibration, remove the finger from the sensor. Custom-designed Features 20 4 When the fingerprint registration is done, tap OK. Tap Add more to register another fingerprint. Since the fingerprint recognition success rate depends on the condition of the registered fingerprint, it is recommended that you register several different fingerprints. Managing fingerprints You can edit or delete registered fingerprints. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Fingerprints. Lock screen & security 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 From the fingerprint list, tap a fingerprint to rename it. To delete it, tap

. Unlocking the screen with a fingerprint You can unlock the screen or view the locked content by using your fingerprint. Activate the desired function:

1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 On the fingerprint settings screen, activate the desired function:

Screen lock: Unlock screen with a fingerprint. Content lock: Unlock content with a fingerprint. To do this, make sure that the content lock is set. Custom-designed Features 21 Multi-tasking feature Recent Uses Screen Swipe the Home button history. upward and hold to view the recent use Pop-up window You can open multiple apps on the screen and easily switch between them at any time. 1 Swipe up on 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app screen and select Pop-up from the bottom of the screen. window. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 3 The app appears in the form of a pop-up window on the screen. This feature may not be available in some apps or screens. Custom-designed Features 22 Using the pop-up window

: Minimises the pop-up window. The pop-up window is minimised into the app icon floating on the screen, which can be moved anywhere you want.

: Expands the app to full screen.

: Closes the app. You can open up to 5 apps using the pop-up windows. To select an app from the opened apps, tap one of the pop-up windows. The selected pop-up window comes to the front. Pop-up windows cannot be moved to the status bar or navigation bar area. on the pop-up window, the pop-up window is minimised into Using the app folder for pop-up windows If you tap the app icon. You can move the app icon anywhere you want by dragging it. If two or more pop-up windows are minimised, the app folder is created to contain the app icons. The recently-used app icon is used as the app folder icon. If you tab the icon, all the icons for the minimised pop-up windows appear in the app folder. If you touch and hold the app folder for pop-up windows and drag the app folder into Remove, the app folder will be removed. To remove one of the apps from the app folder, open the app folder and drag the app icon out of the app folder. Custom-designed Features 23 Multi window When using gesture navigation 1 Swipe up on from the bottom of the screen. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select Multi window. The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. The selected app appears at the bottom half of the screen. When using Buttons only navigation 1 Tap on the navigation bar. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. To adjust the size of the split screen, drag the bar on the centre of the To deactivate the multi window feature, drag the centre bar up or down screen. to the end of the screen. The multi window feature is not supported in some LG apps or apps downloaded from the Play Store. Custom-designed Features 24 02 Basic Functions Product components and accessories The following items are included with your device. Device USB cable Ejection pin Charger Quick Start Guide The items described above may be optional. The items supplied with the device and any available accessories may vary depending on the area and service provider. Always use genuine LG Electronics accessories. Using accessories made by other manufacturers may affect your device's call performance or cause malfunctions. This may not be covered by LG's repair service. Some of the device parts are made of tempered glass. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Centre. If any of these basic items are missing, contact the dealer from which you purchased your device. To purchase additional items, contact an LG Customer Service Centre. Some items in the product box are subject to change without notice. The appearance and specifications of your device are subject to change without prior notice for product improvement. Device specifications may vary depending on the area or service provider. Remove the protective film from the Fingerprint sensor before using the fingerprint recognition feature. Basic Functions 26 Parts overview Basic Functions 27 Do NOT attempt to remove the back cover by yourself. Doing so may severely damage the battery and device, which could cause overheating, fire, and injury. This devices back cover and battery are not to be removed or replaced by a non-qualified professional. Your phone is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your phone during or immediately after operation. Proximity/Ambient light sensor

- Proximity sensor: During a call, the proximity sensor turns off the screen and disables touch functionality when the device is in close proximity to the human body. It turns the screen back on and enables touch functionality when the device is outside a specific range.

- Ambient light sensor: The ambient light sensor analyses the ambient light intensity when the auto-brightness control mode is turned on. Volume keys

- Adjust the volume for ringtones, calls or notifications.

- While using the Camera, gently press a Volume key to take a photo. To take continuous photos, press and hold the Volume key.

- Press the Volume Down key twice to launch the Camera app when the screen is locked or turned off. Press the Volume Up key twice to launch Capture+. Power/Lock key option.

- Briefly press the key when you want to turn the screen on or off.

- Press and hold the key when you want to select a power control Basic Functions 28 Google Assistant key

- You can short-press it once to run Google Assistant. You can press and hold it to run Google Assistant and then release the finger from the key to run the voice command function.

- See the Google Assistant for details. Fingerprint sensor

- Turn on the fingerprint recognition feature to simplify the process of unlocking the screen. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Some functions may be restricted depending on the region and product specifications of different telecommunications providers. Do not put heavy objects on the device or sit on it. Failure to do so may damage the touch screen. Screen-protective film or accessories may interfere with the proximity sensor. If your device is wet or is being used in a humid place, the touch screen or keys may not function properly. Basic Functions 29 There are two microphones built into this product. Be careful not to cover the microphones. While you are talking on the phone, do not cover the microphone with your hand or fingers. Do not use a phone case that is not a genuine product or cover the microphone with accessories, tape, etc. Hold the product correctly as shown in the image when you are using it. Basic Functions 30 Turning the power on or off Turning the power on When the power is turned off, press and hold the Power/Lock key. When the device is turned on for the first time, initial configuration takes place. The first booting time for the smart phone may be longer than usual. Turning the power off Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select Power off. Restarting the device When the device is not working properly or does not respond, restart it by following the instructions below. 1 Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time until the power is turned off. 2 When the device is restarted, release the key. Power control options Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select an option. Power off: Turn the device off. Power off and restart: Restart the device. Basic Functions 31 Installing the SIM card Insert the SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card provided by your service provider to start using your device. Be careful with the ejection pin since it has a sharp edge. In order for the water-resistant and dust-resistant features to work effectively, the card tray must be inserted correctly. 1 Insert the pin into the hole of the card tray and press the pin, and then pull the card tray out of the product. 2 Align the Nano-SIM cards on the card tray and press the card in the direction of the arrow as shown in the figure. 3 Insert the card tray into the phone as shown in the figure. Basic Functions 32 This device supports only Nano SIM cards. Nano Micro Standard For problem-free performance, it is recommended that you use the device with the correct type of SIM card. Always use a factory-made SIM card supplied by the operator. Do not lose your SIM card. LG is not responsible for damage and other issues caused by loss or transfer of a SIM card. Be careful not to damage the SIM card when you insert or remove it. When you insert the SIM card or memory card, place it on the card tray correctly. When you insert the card tray back into the device, insert it horizontally in the direction of arrow as shown in the figure. Make sure that the card placed on the card tray does not move out of its position. Insert the SIM card with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. Be sure to insert the SIM card into the device by following the instructions in the user manual. If you insert or remove the card tray from the device, be careful not to let water or other liquids enter into the card tray. If a wet card tray or card is inserted into the device, your device may get damaged. Memory card is an optional item. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Basic Functions 33 Inserting the memory card Insert the memory card into your device. The device can support up to a 2 TB microSD card. Depending on the memory card manufacturer and type, some memory card may not be compatible with your device. 1 Insert the ejection pin into the hole on the card tray. 2 Pull out the card tray. 3 Put the memory card on the card tray with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Basic Functions 34 Removing the memory card Unmount the memory card before removing it for safety. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Insert the ejection pin into the hole in the card tray and then pull out Storage

. the card tray from the device. 3 Remove the memory card from the card tray. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Do not remove the memory card while the device is transferring or accessing information. This may cause data to be lost or corrupted, or may damage the memory card or the device. LG is not responsible for losses that result from the abuse or improper use of memory cards, including the loss of data. Battery Charging the battery Before using the device, fully charge the battery. Charge the device with the USB Type-C cable. Basic Functions 35 If there is moisture on the charging port, exposed terminals, charging cable, charging adapter, etc., do not use or charge the product. The product may malfunction or get broken or damaged, and there is risk of injury caused by electric shock, fire, overheating, explosion, etc. If you find moisture on such areas, stop using or charging the product immediately and completely remove the moisture. Do not separate the battery cover. This product uses a non-removable battery. Do not remove or replace the battery cover or the battery. If you remove or replace the battery cover or the battery, the product may be damaged, overheated or explode. Only use the USB cable and charging adapter provided with the product as basic components. Your device has an internal rechargeable battery. For your safety, do not remove the embedded battery. Using the device when it is charging may cause electric shock. To use the device, stop charging it. Remove the charger from the power socket after the device is fully charged. This prevents unnecessary power consumption. Another way to charge the battery is by connecting a USB cable between the device and a desktop or laptop computer. This may take longer than plugging the adapter to a wall outlet. Do not charge the battery by using a USB hub that is unable to maintain the rated voltage. Charging may fail or unintentionally stop. When you are visiting the Service Centre with a battery issue, bring the product and the charger with you Since the battery is a consumable, the battery life may be shortened as times goes by. Basic Functions 36 Precautions when using the device Make sure to use the USB cable provided; do not use third party USB cables or chargers with your device. The LG limited warranty does not cover the use of third party accessories. Failure to follow the instructions in this guide and improper use may damage the device. If the battery temperature exceeds a certain level while charging the device, charging may be stopped. If magnetic, metallic or conductive materials are attached on the back of the device or a protective case is inserted, the device may not charge properly. LG Electronics is not responsible for any issues concerning accessories of other brands. For such issues, contact the manufacturer of the accessory product. Using the battery efficiently Battery lifespan may decrease if you keep many apps and functions running simultaneously and continuously. Cancel background operations to increase battery life. To minimise battery consumption, follow these tips:

Turn off the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi network function when not using them. Set the screen timeout to as short a time as possible. Minimise the screen brightness. Set a screen lock when the device is not used. Check the battery level while using any downloaded apps. Basic Functions 37 Touch screen You can familiarise yourself with how to control your device by using touch screen gestures. Tapping Lightly tap with your fingertip to select or run an app or option. Touching and holding Touch and hold for several seconds to display a menu with available options. Basic Functions 38 Double-tapping Tap twice quickly to zoom in or out on a web page or map. Dragging Touch and hold an item, such as an app or widget, then move your finger to another location in a controlled motion. You can use this gesture to move an item. Swiping Touch the screen with your finger and move it quickly without pausing. You can use this gesture to scroll through a list, a web page, photos, screens, and more. Basic Functions 39 Pinching and spreading Pinch two fingers to zoom out such as on a photo or map. To zoom in, spread your fingers apart. Do not expose the touch screen to excessive physical shock. You might damage the touch sensor. A touch screen failure may occur if you use the device near a magnetic, metallic or conductive material. If you use the device under bright lights, such as direct sunlight, the screen may not be visible, depending on your position. Use the device in a shady location or a location with an ambient light that is not too bright and bright enough to read books. Do not press the screen with excessive force. Gently tap with your fingertip on the option you want. Touch control may not work properly if you tap while wearing a glove or by using the tip of your fingernail. Touch control may not work properly if the screen is moist or wet. The touch screen may not function properly if a screen-protective film or accessory purchased from a third party store is attached to the device. Displaying a static image for extended periods of time may result in after-images or screen burn-in. Turn off the screen or avoid displaying the same image for a long time when you do not use the device. Basic Functions 40 Home screen Home screen overview The Home screen is the starting point for accessing various functions and apps on your device. Swipe up from the bottom edge of any screen to directly go to the Home screen. You can manage all apps and widgets on the Home screen. Swipe the screen left or right to view all installed apps at a glance. Home screen layout You can view all apps and organise widgets and folders on the Home screen. The Home screen may differ depending on the manufacturer policy, user settings, software version or service provider. Basic Functions 41 Status bar: View status icons, the time and the battery level. Weather widget: View the information of weather and time for a Google Search widget: Type or speak to pull open Google Search. Folder: You can create folders to classify the app based on desired specific area. criteria. Page icon: Display the total number of Home screen canvases. You can tap the desired page icon to go to the page you selected. The icon reflecting the current canvas will be highlighted. Quick access area: Fix main apps at the bottom of the screen so that they can be accessed from any Home screen canvas. Navigation bar: You can go to the previous screen or home screen while using the app, and check the list of apps you used recently. Using Navigation bar Here is the gestures guide to control the Navigation bar. To go to Home screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. To go back to the previous screen, swipe in from the left or right edge of the screen. the screen. To go to Overview screen, swipe up and hold from the bottom edge of To quickly switch between apps, swipe right at the bottom edge of the screen to go to previously used apps. Gestures is the default for the Navigation bar. To change it to Buttons

only Navigation bar, then select Buttons only.

, on the home screen, tap Settings

Display Basic Functions 42 Status icons When there is a notification for an unread message, calendar event or alarm, the status bar displays the corresponding notification icon. Check your devices status by viewing notification icons displayed on the status bar. Data is being transmitted over the network Connected to a computer via USB No signal Alarm is set Vibrate mode is on Bluetooth is on Battery level Airplane mode is on Missed calls Wi-Fi is connected Mute mode is on GPS is on Hotspot is on No SIM card Some of these icons may appear differently or may not appear at all, depending on the device's status. Refer to the icons according to the actual environment and area in which you are using the device and your service provider. Displayed icons may vary, depending on the area or service provider. Basic Functions 43 Notifications panel You can open the notifications panel by dragging the status bar downward on the main screen. You can drag down the notice window or tap the arrow icon to open the list of quick setting icons. You can tap If you touch and hold the icon, the settings screen for the to add, delete or arrange icons in the notice window. corresponding function appears. You can use the notifications panel even on the lock screen. Drag the notifications panel while the screen is locked to quickly access the desired features. Basic Functions 44 Switching the screen orientation You can set the screen orientation to automatically switch according to the devices physical orientation. On the notification panel, tap Rotation from the quick access icon list. You can also tap Settings the home screen. Display and activate Auto-rotate screen on Editing the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold on an empty space, then select the desired action from below. To rearrange the Home screen canvases, touch and hold on a canvas, then drag it to another location. To add a widget to the Home screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Widgets. To change wallpapers and themes, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Wallpaper & theme. You can also tap Settings then select wallpapers and themes to apply to the device. Wallpaper & theme on the home screen, Basic Functions 45 To change the grid, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Grid. Tap the desired grid, then tap Apply. To configure the Home screen settings, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Home screen settings. See Home screen settings for details. To view or reinstall the uninstalled apps, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select App trash. See App trash for details. To change the default screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, move to desired screen, tap more.

, then tap the screen once Basic Functions 46 Viewing the background theme You can view only the background image by hiding the apps and widgets on the Home screen. Spread two fingers apart on the Home screen. To return to the original screen, which displays apps and widgets, pinch from the bottom edge your fingers on the Home screen or drag up of the screen. Moving apps on the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to another location. To keep frequently used apps at the bottom of the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to the quick access area at the bottom. To remove an icon from the quick access area, drag the icon to the Home screen. Basic Functions 47 Using folders from the Home screen Creating folders On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it over another app. A new folder is created and the apps are added to the folder. Editing folders On the Home screen, tap a folder and do one of the following actions. To edit the folder name tap the folder name. To edit the colour, tap the right upper circle. To add apps, touch and hold an app, then drag it over the folder and release it. To remove an app from the folder, touch and hold the app and drag it to outside the folder. If the removed app is the only one app that existed in the folder, the folder is removed automatically. You can also add or remove apps after tapping

. You cannot change the folder colour while using downloaded theme. Basic Functions 48 Home screen settings You can customise the Home screen settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Customise the following settings:

Display Home screen. Select Home: Select a Home screen mode. Wallpaper: Change the Home screen background wallpaper. Screen swipe effect: Select an effect to apply when the Home screen canvas switches. Icon shape: Choose if you want icons to have square or rounded corners. screen. Google feed: Show to the left of the main Home screen. Sort apps by: Set how apps are sorted on the Home screen. Hide apps: Select which apps you want to hide from the Home Loop Home screen: Enable to allow continuous Home screen scrolling (loop back to first screen after the last screen). Swipe down on the Home screen: Enable to search apps or contents, or view notifications by swiping down on the home screen. Home screen lock: Enable to prevent apps and widgets from being rearranged or removed. Basic Functions 49 Screen lock Screen lock overview Your devices screen turns off and locks itself if you press the Power/Lock key. This also happens after the device is left idle for a specified period of time. If you press the Power/Lock key when a screen lock is not set, the Home screen appears immediately. To ensure security and prevent unwanted access to your device, set a screen lock. A screen lock prevents unnecessary touch input on the device screen and reduces battery consumption. We recommend that you activate the screen lock while not using the device. Setting a screen lock There are several options available for configuring the screen lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Select screen lock and then select the method you prefer. 2 Customise the following settings:

None: Deactivate the screen lock function. Swipe: Swipe on the screen to unlock the screen. Pattern: Draw a pattern to unlock the screen. PIN: Enter a numeric password to unlock the screen. Password: Enter an alphanumeric password to unlock the screen. Fingerprints: Unlock the screen by using your fingerprint. Basic Functions 50 Customise Lock screen You can customise lock screen. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Customize Lock screen. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Wallpaper: Allow you to set the background for your Lock screen. Clock: Allow you to set where to position the clock on the Lock screen. Shortcuts: Allow you to choose apps to run on your Lock screen. This setting appears only when a screen lock is set. Contact info for lost phone: Allow you to set text to be displayed on the Lock screen to identify the phones owner. Secure lock settings You can set secure lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings lock settings. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Secure Make pattern visible (shown only when Pattern is set as a screen lock): Turn on to make pattern visible. Lock timer: Allow you to set the amount of time before the screen automatically locks after the backlight turns off (time-out due to inactivity). Power key instantly locks: Enable this option to instantly lock the screen when the Power/Lock key is pressed. This setting overrides the Security Lock timer setting. Show lockdown option (shown only when a screen lock is set):

Enable this option to display the Lockdown icon when you press and hold the Power/Lock button. Tap the Lockdown icon to turn off Smart Lock, biometric unlocking, and notifications on the lock screen. Basic Functions 51 Smart Lock: Allow you to set trusted devices, places, voice, and/or on-body detection that will allow your phone to remain unlocked. Available menu options may vary depending on the lock screen method selected. KnockON You can turn the screen on or off by double-tapping the screen. This option is available only on the Home screen provided by LG. It may not function properly on a custom launcher or on the Home screen installed by the user. When tapping the screen, use your fingertip. Do not use a fingernail. To use the KnockON feature, make sure that the proximity/light sensor is not blocked by a sticker or any other foreign substance. Turning the screen on Double-tap the middle of the screen. Tapping the top or bottom of the screen may decrease the recognition rate. Turning the screen off Double-tap on an empty space on the Home screen and Lock screen. You can also double-tap an empty space on the status bar. Disable KnockON If you dont want to use the KnockON function, set as follows:

On the home screen, tap Settings to disable the function. Extensions KnockON and drag it Basic Functions 52 Memory card encryption You can encrypt and protect data saved on the memory card. The encrypted data in the memory card cannot be accessed from another device. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Encryption & credentials Encrypt SD card. 2 Read the on-screen overview of memory card encryption and then tap Continue to continue. 3 Select an option and tap Encrypt now. New data encryption: Encrypt only data that is saved on the memory card after encryption. Full encryption: Encrypt all the data currently saved on the memory card. Exclude media files: Encrypt all files, except for media files such as music, photos and videos. Once memory card encryption starts, some functions are not available. If the device is turned off while encryption is underway, the encryption process will fail, and some data may be damaged. Therefore, be sure to check if the battery level is sufficient before starting encryption. Encrypted files are accessible only from the device where the files were encrypted. The encrypted memory card cannot be used on another LG device. To use the encrypted memory card on another mobile device, format the card. You can activate memory card encryption even when no memory card is installed into the device. Any memory card that is installed after encryption will automatically be encrypted. Basic Functions 53 Taking screenshots You can take screenshots of the current screen you are viewing. Via a shortcut Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time for at least two seconds. Screenshots can be viewed from the Screenshots folder in the Gallery. Via Screenshot On the screen where you want to take a screenshot, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

. See Writing notes on a screenshot for details. Content sharing Playing content from another device You can play photos, videos or songs saved on your device from a TV. 1 Connect the TV and your device to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 While viewing the items in the Gallery or Music app, tap Play on other device. 3 Select the TV you want to connect to. For use with Chromecast, Google Play services should be up to date. Basic Functions 54 Viewing content from nearby devices You can view content from various devices, such as a computer, NAS or mobile device, by using the Gallery or Music apps. Connecting the devices Connect both your device and another device that support DLNA function to the same wireless network. Make sure that File sharing (DLNA) is activated on both the device and the connected device. Searching for nearby devices You can view a list of DLNA devices on the same network by selecting the Nearby devices menu in each app. Use content from nearby devices as if you were using it on your device. Sending or receiving files You can share files between your device and another LG device, or a tablet. Sending files From the Gallery or other apps, tap on the file sharing list. Share or

, then select a device Receiving files Drag the status bar downward and then tap File sharing. If your device does not support the file sharing feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Beam Connected devices File sharing

. SmartShare Make sure that your device is connected to the same wireless network as the file transfer target device. Make sure that File sharing is activated on both devices. Basic Functions 55 Do not disturb You can limit or mute notifications to avoid disturbances for a specific period of time. On the home screen, tap Settings Mode and select the mode you want:

Do not disturb. Sound

- Priority only: Receive sound or vibrate notifications for the selected apps. Even when Priority only is turned on, alarms still sound.

- Total silence: Disable both the sound and vibration. Select priorities: Receive alarms and the notifications for the selected apps.

- Calls from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a call. Repeated calls: Second call from the same caller within 15 min is not silenced. message.

- Messages from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a Use Do not disturb: Turn on the Do not disturb feature. Sleeping: Set the schedule for which you want to turn on the Do not disturb feature. Help: View the help for Do not disturb. Basic Functions 56 03 Useful Apps Installing and uninstalling apps Installing apps Access an app store to search and download apps. You can use SmartWorld, Play Store or the app store provided by your service provider. Some app stores may require you to create an account and sign in. Some apps may charge fees. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. SmartWorld may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. Uninstalling apps Uninstall apps that you no longer use from your device. Uninstalling with the touch and hold gesture Press and hold any empty area on the screen, and then press app you want to delete. of the Uninstalling by using the settings menu On the home screen, tap Settings tap Uninstall. Apps App info, select an app, then Some apps cannot be uninstalled by users. Uninstalling apps from the app store To uninstall an app, access the app store from which you download the app and uninstall it. Useful Apps 58 Installing and uninstalling apps during the setup When you turn on the device for the first time, you can download recommended apps. You can skip to the next step without installation. App trash You can view the uninstalled apps. You can also reinstall apps which were uninstalled within 24 hours from now. 1 On the home screen, tap Management App trash. You can also touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, then tap App trash. 2 Activate the desired function:

Restore: Reinstall the selected app.

: Remove the uninstalled apps permanently from the device. Uninstalled apps are automatically removed from the device 24 hours after they were uninstalled. If you want to reinstall the uninstalled apps, you must download them again from the app store. This feature is activated on the default Home screen only. If you uninstall apps while using the EasyHome screen or other launcher, they are immediately and permanently removed from the device. Useful Apps 59 App Shortcuts On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon such as Call, Message, Camera, Gallery and Settings to display a quick access menu. Use apps more easily through App Shortcuts. Tap Tap to set the widgets for the app. to check the app information. This feature is available only on some apps. Useful Apps 60 Phone Voice call Make a phone call by using one of the available methods, such as manually entering a phone number and making a call from the contact list or the list of recent calls. Making a call from the keypad 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Make a call by using a method of your choice:

Dial. Enter a phone number and tap Touch and hold a speed dial number. Search for a contact by tapping the initial letter of a contact name in the contact list, and then tap

. To enter "+" when making an international call, touch and hold number See Adding contacts for details on how to add phone numbers to the 0. speed dial list. Making Calls from Contacts 1 On the home screen, tap 2 After selecting the number you want to call from the list of contacts, Contacts. tap

. Useful Apps 61 Answering a call To answer a call, drag When the stereo headset is connected, you can make calls by using the on the incoming call screen. call/end button on the headset. To end a call without turning off the screen, on the home screen, tap Answer and end calls and Network & internet Settings then activate End call with the Power key. Call On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Answer and end calls End call with the Power key, you can end a call by pressing the Lock/Power key while the call-in-process screen is turned on. Rejecting a call To reject an incoming call, drag across the incoming call screen. To send a rejection message, drag the rejection message option across the screen. To add or edit a rejection message, on the home screen, tap Settings Call blocking & Decline with message. Network & internet Call When a call is coming in, press the Volume Up, Volume Down or Power/

Lock key to mute ringtone or vibration, or to hold the call. Checking an incoming call while using an app When a call comes in while using an app, a pop-up notification can be displayed at the top of the screen. You can receive the call, reject the call, or send message from the pop-up screen. On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Additional settings desired way you would like to display the incoming call while using an app. Incoming voice call pop-up and then select the Useful Apps 62 Viewing missed calls If there is a missed call, the status bar at the top of the screen displays To view missed call details, drag the status bar downwards. You can also tap Call logs on the home screen. Functions accessible during a call During a call, you can access a variety of functions by tapping the on-screen buttons:

Contacts: View the contact list during a call. Hold: Place the current call on hold. Dialpad: Display or hide the dial pad. Speaker: Turn on the speakerphone function. Mute: Mute your voice so that your voice cannot be heard by the other Bluetooth: Switch the call to a Bluetooth device that is paired and party. connected.

: End a call.

: Access additional call options. Available settings items may vary depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 63 Making a three-way calling You can make a call to another contact during a call. 1 During a call, tap Add call. 2 Enter a phone number and tap

. first call is put on hold. 3 To start a conference call, tap Merge calls. The two calls are displayed on the screen at the same time, and the You may be charged a fee for each call. Consult with your service provider for more information. Viewing call records To view recent call records, on the home screen, tap you can use the following functions:

To view detailed call records, select a contact. To make a call to the Call logs. Then, selected contact, tap

. To delete call records, tap Delete. The displayed call duration may differ from the call charge. Consult with your service provider for more information. The deleted call history can not be restored. Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to adjust the font size of call logs or contacts. Configuring call options You can configure various call options. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap preferences. Dial or Call logs. Call settings and then configure the options to suit your Useful Apps 64 Messaging Sending a message You can create and send messages to your contacts using the Messaging app. Sending messages abroad may incur additional charges. Consult with your service provider for more information. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap 3 Specify a recipient and create a message. To use multimedia options, tap To access optional menu items, tap

. 4 Tap to send the message. Reading a message You can view exchanged messages organised by contact. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select a contact from the message list. While on the message list or chat window, you can adjust the font size by placing two fingers on the screen and either widening or narrowing the fingers. Useful Apps 65 Configuring messaging settings You can change messaging settings to suit your preferences. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap Settings from the message list. You can designate settings for the notice window, blocking calls, disaster alert, multimedia messages, etc. Camera Starting the camera You can take a photo or record a video to cherish all of your memorable moments. On the home screen, tap

. Before taking a photo or recording a video, wipe the camera lens with a soft cloth. Be careful not to stain the camera lens with your fingers or other foreign substance. Images included in this user guide may be different from the actual device. Photos and videos can be viewed or edited from the Gallery. See Gallery overview for details. elses privacy or rights. Refrain from using the product for a purpose that may violate someone Useful Apps 66 Taking a photo You can take photos with the camera in the product. 1 Tap and focus on the subject. You can touch the subject to focus on. You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out. 2 Tap to take a photo. You can also press the Volume Down or Volume Up key to take a photo. screen. You can take a photo while recording a video by pressing on the The options displayed on the shooting screen may differ depending on the selected camera (front or rear) and camera mode. The camera will turn off automatically if you do not use it for a while after running the Camera app. You can run the camera app by short-pressing the power key twice. On Shortcuts and then tap Extensions the home screen, tap Settings Open Camera to activate it. When the screen is turned off or locked, start the camera by pressing the Volume Down key twice. On the home screen, tap Settings Extensions Shortcuts and then tap Open Camera to activate it. Useful Apps 67 Customising the camera options You can customise a variety of camera options to suit your preferences. Tap on the screen. Available options vary depending on the selected camera (front or rear camera) and the selected camera mode. Photo size Select values for aspect ratio and size for taking photos. HDR Grid Obtain photos in vivid colours and get compensated effects even when they are taken against the light. These functions are provided by the high dynamic range (HDR) technology equipped in the camera. Display guide grids so that you can take photos or record videos based on the horizontal and vertical reference lines. Cheese shutter Allows you to take a photo by saying Cheese, Smile, Whiskey, Kimchi, or LG. Tag locations Save the image with GPS location data. Storage Select if you want to store the pictures and videos in the Internal storage or SD card. (Available when a memory card is inserted.) Help Provide Help for each camera menu. Useful Apps 68 Additional options on the front camera Selfie distortion correction Corrects distorted parts of the face. Save as flipped Saves as flipped images when taking a selfie. Selfie shot Take a selfie by selecting its option between Gesture shot and Auto shot. You can apply the make-up effect when taking a selfie using the front camera. Gesture shot is taken by recognizing the shape of a hand and Auto shot is taken by recognizing a face. Mode Selection You can conveniently select from the modes displayed on the screen which are selected to suit the shooting environment. Tap or right to select a camera mode. and swipe the camera modes left or right, or swipe the screen left Useful Apps 69 Using camera modes Recording a video 1 Tap 2 Tap to record a video. and select Video by swiping camera modes. To take a photo while recording a video, tap To pause the video recording, tap

. To resume the video recording, While recording a video, you may spread or pinch two fingers to While recording a video, you may tap the desired area to adjust the tap

. zoom in or out. brightness. 3 Tap to end the video recording. Useful Apps 70 Taking a photo Tap See Taking a photo for more details. and select Photo by swiping camera modes. Taking a photo with the AI feature When taking a photo, the AI feature recognises a subject and applies the optimum effect to the photo. Tap to deactivate the AI feature. Using additional camera modes Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. Macro You can take a close-up of a subject. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Useful Apps 71 Panorama You can create a panoramic photo by moving the camera in one direction to photograph and stitch continuous shots of a wide view. 1 Tap 2 Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. x1.0

. Select a zoom from

. 3 Tap 4 Tap and then slowly move the camera in one direction. to stop capturing the panoramic. When moving the camera in one direction, make sure that the screen you shoot is not out of the guide line. Useful Apps 72 Flash Jump-Cut Photos taken at a regular interval are saved as GIF files. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Photos are taken every 3 seconds and saved as a GIF file. Tap take. on the screen to select the number of photos you want to While taking photos, tap to create GIF files with previously taken photos. The flash automatically turns on to act as a timer. The shots taken this time and the total number of shots are displayed at the bottom of the screen. All taken photos are saved as GIF files only. You may not change the GIF speed nor image order. YouTube Live You can record a video and directly upload to YouTube. To use this feature, you must meet the eligibility requirements. Contact YouTube for the requirements. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select More by swiping camera modes, then tap

. YouTube Live is available only when your device is connected to the Internet. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. Useful Apps 73 Useful camera features Google Lens You can get more information or take action on items around you using Google Lens, like landmarks, posters, restaurant menus, animals, flowers, or barcodes, directly in the device. Auto-Exposure/Auto-Focus lock You can fix the current exposure level and focus position by touching and holding the screen in the Auto mode. To turn off the feature, tap a blank area on the screen. This feature is available only in specific modes. Useful Apps 74 Switching between cameras You can switch between the front and rear cameras to suit your environment. To switch between the front and rear cameras, swipe the screen up or down on the shooting screen in the Camera app. Use the front camera to take selfies. See Selfie shot for details. Zoom in or out You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out when you take photos or videos. Zoom in/out function is not available in the selfie mode (front camera). This function is not supported in a number of modes. Useful Apps 75 Using the Burst Shot You can take consecutive photos and view them as moving pictures in the Gallery. 1 Tap 2 Tap and hold and select Photo. Multiple, consecutive photos are taken while you are holding down

. Gesture shot You can take selfies by using gestures. Show your palm to the front camera and then clench your fist. You can also clench your fist and then open it towards the front camera. In three seconds, a photo is taken. To use this feature, switch to the front camera mode, then tap Make sure that your palm and fist are within the reference line so that This feature may not be available while using some of the camera Selfie shot Gesture shot. the camera can detect them. features. Useful Apps 76 Auto shot You can use the face detection feature to take selfies easily and conveniently. You can set the device so that, when you look at the screen, the front camera detects your face and takes a selfie automatically. The white coloured guide frame appears when the front camera detects your face. If the subject within the guide frame stops moving, the guide frame colour turns yellow, then the camera takes a photo. Tap Selfie shot Auto shot to enable the Auto shot feature. Interval shot You can take selfies at an interval. While using the front camera, you can show your palm to the camera, then clench your fist twice quickly. Four photos are taken at regular intervals after a timer delay of three seconds. Save as flipped Before taking a photo with the front camera, tap The image is flipped horizontally. Save as flipped. When using the front camera, you can change how selfies are taken in the camera options. See Customising the camera options for details. Selfie shot You can use the front camera to view your face on the screen and take selfies. 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Tap and select Photo by swiping camera modes. to switch to the front camera. to take photos. Tap to apply various beauty effects. Useful Apps 77 Gallery Gallery overview You can view and manage photos and videos saved on your device. Viewing photos You can view the photos saved to the product. 1 Tap 2 Tap a desired photo. and select a desired folder. The Gallery folder contains Photos, Albums, Memories and Play. Details menu appears when the screen is lightly touched. Touching the screen once again makes the menu disappear. Useful Apps 78 Playing a video You can view the videos saved to the product. To adjust the sound volume, drag the right side of the video screen up To adjust the screen brightness, drag the left side of the screen up or or down. down. Dragging the screen to the left on the video play screen allows you to rewind (REW) and dragging to the right allows you to fast forward (FF). Useful Apps 79 Deleting files You can delete files by using one of the following options:

Touch and hold a file from the file list, then tap Delete. Deleted files are automatically moved to restored to the Gallery within 7 days. Trash and they can be Tap to completely delete the files. In this case, the files cannot be restored. Sharing files You can share files by using one of the following options:

While viewing photo or video, tap to share the file by using the method you want. If you take photos or videos after you tap

, the location-specific memories album is automatically created after a certain time under the Memories tab of Gallery. Tag locations Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Some files may not be opened due to encoding. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. You need to activate the GPS feature to create Memory albums. Useful Apps 80 Creating a movie You can create a new movie by putting images and videos together. 1 Tap 2 Select images or videos for your movie and tap Create movie. 3 Edit the selected images and videos and then tap Save. Create movie. and select A maximum of 50 videos can be used to create a movie. Useful Apps 81 Making a GIF You can easily make a GIF file using recorded video. Tap Making a GIF. and select Creating video 1 At the desired starting point while watching a video, tap 2 Select the length of the GIF you want to create. GIF is generated for the time selected from the specified starting point. For videos that are less than 5 seconds, GIF images are automatically generated for the remaining time. Creating GIF Photographs 1 In the photograph list in the Gallery, tap 2 Select a picture to turn into a GIF photograph, and then tap Create Create GIF. GIF. You can add/delete a photograph, adjust the speed or screen ratio, and set the photograph order. Creating GIF photographs is a function provided for the user to produce creative images. Violating rights such as intellectual property right or defaming the reputation of another person by using the creating GIF photographs function may lead to a civil or criminal liability in accordance with the related laws. Be cautious not to copy or transmit another persons work without authorization. LG Electronics is not liable in any way for such acts by users. You can select up to 100 photographs to produce when you create a GIF. Useful Apps 82 Contacts Contacts overview You can save and manage contacts. On the home screen, tap Essentials Contacts. Adding contacts Adding new contacts 1 On the contact list screen, tap

. Select the location you want. 2 Enter contact details and tap Save. A pop-up appears for selecting the saving location for contact. Importing contacts You can import contacts from another storage device. 1 On the contact list screen, tap 2 Select the source and target locations of the contact you want to Manage contacts Import. import, and then tap OK. 3 Select the contacts and tap Import. Adding contacts to the speed dial list 1 On the contact list screen, tap Speed dial. 2 Tap Add contact from a speed dial number. 3 Select a contact. While adding a new contact, tap to add a speed dial number. Useful Apps 83 Searching for contacts You can search for contacts by using one of the following options:

Tap the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and enter the desired contact or phone number you want to search for. Scroll the contact list up or down. From the index of the contact list screen, tap the initial letter of a contact. Pressing the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and entering a contact or phone number brings up the integrated search results from the call history and contacts list saved onto the product. Contacts list Editing contacts 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap 3 Tap Save to save changes. and edit details. Deleting contacts You can delete contacts by using one of the following options:

On the contact list screen, touch and hold a contact you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Delete on the contact list screen. Deleted contacts may not be restored. Useful Apps 84 Adding favourites You can register frequently used contacts as favourites. 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap

. Creating groups 1 On the contacts group list, tap 2 Enter a new group name. 3 Tap Add members, select contacts, then tap Add. 4 Tap Save to save the new group. QuickMemo+

QuickMemo+ overview You can make creative notes by using a variety of options on this advanced notepad feature, such as image management and screenshots, which are not supported by the conventional notepad. This device supports the Active Pen AES2.0 (Active Electrostatic). QuickMemo+. Creating a note 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap to create a note.

: Save a note.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Enter a note by using the keypad.

: Save your favorite pen types.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes. Useful Apps 85

: Access additional options. 3 Tap to save the note. Writing notes on a screenshot 1 While viewing the screen you want to capture, drag the status bar downwards and then tap The screen is captured and displayed as a thumbnail on the right

. bottom of the screen. 2 To write notes on the screen, tap 3 Write notes using the tools.

: Zoom in or out, or adjust the area to capture.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Crop the screen as you desire. 4 Tap and save the notes. Saved notes can be viewed in Gallery. Useful Apps 86 Additional features after capturing a screenshot You can capture the entire screen by using the scroll capture feature. While using an app such as Messaging and Chrome, drag the notifications panel downwards and then tap to capture the entire screen you are currently viewing as a single file. This feature is available only on some apps that support the scroll

. Then, tap Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to change the memo capture feature. layout. Useful Apps 87 Clock Alarm You can set an alarm to trigger it at a specified time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap 3 Configure the alarm settings and tap Save. to add a new alarm. Clock Alarm. If you select a previously set alarm, you can edit the alarm. To delete an alarm, tap touch and hold the alarm. Delete at the top of the screen. You can also World clock You can view the current time in cities around the world. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap and add a city. Clock World clock. Timer You can set the timer to trigger an alarm after a specified period of time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Set the time and tap Start. Timer. Clock To suspend the timer, tap Pause. To resume the timer, tap Resume. 3 Tap Stop to stop the timer alarm. Useful Apps 88 Stopwatch You can use the stopwatch to record a lap time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Start to initiate the stopwatch. Clock To record a lap time, tap Lap. 3 Tap Pause to suspend the stopwatch. Stopwatch. To resume the stopwatch, tap Resume. To clear all the records and restart the stopwatch, tap Reset. Calculator You can use two types of calculators: the simple calculator and the scientific calculator. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Use the keypad to make a calculation. Calculator. If you want to calculate from the beginning, tap and hold

. Useful Apps 89 Music You can play and manage songs or music albums. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Select a category. 3 Select a music file. Music. Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. Music files may be protected by international copyright owners or copyright laws. You may have to obtain legal permission before copying a music file. To download or copy a music file, first check the copyright law for the relevant country. This model supports Hi-Fi audio playback. Hi-Fi audio files display the Hi-Fi icon. If you set the flashlight, flashlight blinks to fit the music being played. Useful Apps 90 ThinQ You can easily connect the product with IoT appliances to monitor and conveniently use the appliances. On the home screen, tap Essentials ThinQ. Washing machine, dryer, styler, dishwasher, oven, and robot cleaner can only be registered when the product is in the standby mode. Look for the ThinQ mark on the product to see if it can be connected to ThinQ app. Tap to check various function of the ThinQ app. FM Radio You can listen to FM radio. On the home screen, tap Essentials FM Radio. To use this app, first connect earphones to the device. The earphones function as the radio antenna. This function may not be supported depending on the area. Useful Apps 91 Audio Recorder You can record and save your voice or others voices from important events. Recorded voice files can be played back or shared. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Audio Recorder. To pause recording, tap

. 3 Tap to end the recording. 4 Tap to play the recorded voice. The file is saved automatically and the recorded files screen appears. Tap to view the recorded files. You can play a recorded voice file from the list. Game Launcher You can set whether to use the game launcher where you can view the list of games installed on the product and select game settings such as muting media volume, limiting alerts, etc. 1 On the home screen, tap Game Launcher. 2 Select the desired option. Useful Apps 92 Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the home screen, tap Management Smart Doctor. LG Mobile Switch Easily transfer data from a used device to a new device via LG Mobile Switch. 1 On the home screen, tap Management LG Mobile Switch. You can also tap Settings LG Mobile Switch. If the app is not installed on the product, download and install the System Backup LG Mobile Switch app from the Google Play Store. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions to select a desired method for transfer. Data in a Google Account will not be backed up. When you synchronise your Google Account, Google apps, Google contacts, Google Calendar, Google memo app data and apps downloaded from the Play Store are stored on the Drive app automatically. Fully charge the battery before transferring data to avoid unintentional powering off during the process. App trash You can see the list of apps deleted on the home screen. The app that was deleted within the last 24 hours can be recovered. On the home screen, tap Management For more details, refer to App trash. App trash. Useful Apps 93 RemoteCall Service Your device can be remotely diagnosed for resolving issues. First, make a phone call to an LG Customer Service Centre as follows:

To use this function, first you must agree to usage of the function. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage depending on your pricing plan. 1 On the home screen, tap Services 2 Connect a call to an LG Customer Service Centre. 3 After the call connects, follow the service associates instructions to RemoteCall Service. enter a six-digit access number. Your device is remotely connected and the remote support service starts. Cell Broadcast You can view real-time text broadcasts on emergency situations, such as typhoons, floods and earthquakes. On the home screen, tap Services Cell Broadcast. Google apps You can use Google apps by setting a Google Account. The Google Account registration window appears automatically when you use a Google app for the first time. If you do not have a Google Account, create one from your device. For details on how to use an app, see the Help in the app. Some apps may not work depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 94 Calendar The Calendar app allows you to track your schedule of events (that you created), organised by Day, 3-day, Week or Month. Chrome A fast, simple, and secure web browser, built for the modern web. Docs Docs is a collaborative, word-processing tool that powers productivity. Use Docs to create, edit and work together in real-time. Drive Drive is a file storage and sharing app that makes it easy to find, share and collaborate on work projects from anywhere, instantly. Gmail Gmail is an easy to use mail app that keeps your messages safe, makes your inbox smarter, and helps you stay organised. Google The Google app keeps you in the know about the things you care about. Find quick answers, explore your interests, and get a feed of stories and updates on topics that matter to you. Maps Going somewhere? Go with Maps, the app you can rely on for real-time GPS navigation, traffic, transit, and details about millions of places, such as reviews and popular times. Photos Home for all your photos and videos, automatically organised so you can share and save what matters. Useful Apps 95 Play Movies & TV Use your Google Account to rent or purchase movies. Purchase content and play it anywhere. YT Music A new music streaming service from YouTube. Sheets Sheets is a collaborative spreadsheet processing tool that powers productivity. Use Sheets to import, organise and analyse information together in real-time. Slides Google Slides is a collaborative presentation creation tool that powers productivity. Use Slides to organise information, present results, and make decisions together in real-time. YouTube Watch your favourite channels, listen to music you love, and upload videos to share with people around the world. Assistant Your device has the Google Assistant built-in. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To get started, just tap the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone or touch and hold the home button of the phone. The Google Assistant is not available in certain languages and countries. Files You can view and manage files saved on your device. Useful Apps 96 04 Settings Settings You can customise the device settings in accordance with your preferences. On the home screen, tap Settings. If you enter a keyword on the search window at the top of the screen, you can conveniently run the items that need to be set. Network & internet Dual SIM card You can configure Dual SIM settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following functions:

Dual SIM Card. SIM card 1: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 1. SIM card 2: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 2. SIM card color theme: Change the colour themes for the SIM cards. Cost save mode: Activate or deactivate the cost save mode. In the cost save mode, if you make a call to a contact to which a specific SIM is assigned, this SIM is used for the call even if the other SIM is active, for example, it is using mobile data. Mobile data: Select a SIM card you want to use for mobile data service. You can also turn off this function. Data roaming: Select this option to enable the device to use mobile data when you are roaming outside your home network area. Mobile data during calls: Access mobile data using the nondefault data SIM card temporarily during an HD voice call with the same card. Settings 98 Wi-Fi You can connect to nearby devices over a Wi-Fi network. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Available Wi-Fi networks appear automatically. Wi-Fi. 3 Select a network. You may need to enter the networks Wi-Fi password. The device skips this process for previously accessed Wi-Fi networks. If you do not want to automatically connect to a certain Wi-Fi network, tap the network and then tap Forget. Wi-Fi network settings On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Switch to mobile data: If the mobile data connection function is activated but the device cannot connect to the Internet via Wi-Fi connection, the device automatically connects to the Internet via the mobile data connection. Wi-Fi. This feature depends on the service provider.

: Customise Wi-Fi network settings. Wi-Fi Direct You can connect your device to other devices that support Wi-Fi Direct to share data directly with them. You do not need an access point. You can connect with more than two devices by using Wi-Fi Direct. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Wi-Fi Advanced Wi-Fi Nearby devices that support Wi-Fi Direct automatically appear. Wi-Fi Direct. Settings 99 2 Select a device. Connection occurs when the device accepts the connection request. The battery may drain faster when using Wi-Fi Direct. Mobile data You can turn mobile data on and off. You can also manage mobile data usage. Turning on mobile data 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Customising mobile data settings 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile data. Mobile data. Mobile data: Set to use data connections on mobile networks. Limit mobile data usage: Set a limit for mobile data usage to block mobile data if the limit is reached.

: Customise mobile data settings. Data usage volume is measured based on the product, and the volume calculated by your mobile provider may be different. Settings 100 Call You can customise call settings, such as voice call and international call options. Some features may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the settings. Call. Tethering USB tethering You can connect the device to another device via USB and share mobile data. 1 Connect your device and other devices via USB cable. 2 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering USB tethering and then tap to activate it. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. When connecting to a computer, download the USB driver from www.lg.com and install it on the computer. You cannot send or receive files between your device and a computer while USB tethering is turned on. Turn off USB tethering to send or receive files. Operating systems that support tethering are Window XP or higher, or Linux. Settings 101 Wi-Fi hotspot You can set the device as a wireless router so that other devices can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Wi-Fi hotspot and then tap to activate it. 2 Tap Set up Wi-Fi hotspot, and enter the Wi-Fi name (SSID) and password. 3 Turn on Wi-Fi on the other device, and select the name of the device network on the Wi-Fi list. 4 Enter the network password. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#wifi Wi-Fi hotspot turn off timer When the Wi-Fi hotspot has not been used for a specific period of time, it is automatically disconnected. You can set the time for automatic disconnection. Bluetooth tethering A Bluetooth-connected device can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Bluetooth tethering and then tap to activate it. 2 Turn on Bluetooth on both devices and pair them. Settings 102 This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#Bluetooth_tethering Help You can view help on using tethering and hotspots. On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Help. Airplane mode You can turn off the call and mobile data functions. When this mode is on, functions that do not involve data, such as games and music playback, remain available. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap Turn on in the confirmation screen. Airplane mode. Mobile networks You can customise the mobile networks settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile networks. Network mode: Select a network type. Access Point Names: View or change the access point for using mobile data services. To change the access point, select a choice from the access point list. Network operators: Search for network operators and connect automatically to a network. Settings 103 VPN You can connect to a safe virtual network, such as an intranet. You can also manage connected virtual private networks. Adding VPN 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap

. VPN. This feature is available only when the screen lock is activated. If the screen lock is deactivated, a notification screen appears. Tap Change from the notification screen to activate the screen lock. See Setting a screen lock for details. 3 Enter VPN details and tap Save. Configuring VPN settings 1 Tap a VPN from the VPNS list. 2 Enter the VPN user account details and tap Connect. To save the account details, select the Save account information checkbox. Private DNS You can configure the Private DNS (Domain Name System) options. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Select the desired option and tap Save. Private DNS. Settings 104 Connected devices Bluetooth You can connect your device to nearby devices that support Bluetooth to exchange data with them. Connect your device to a Bluetooth headset and a keyboard. This makes it easier to control the device. Pairing with another device 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to activate it. Available devices appear automatically. To refresh the device list, tap

. Bluetooth. Only devices set as visible are displayed on the list. 3 Select a device from the list. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions to perform authentication. This step is skipped for previously accessed devices. Sending data via Bluetooth 1 Select a file. You can send multimedia files or contacts. Bluetooth. 2 Tap 3 Select a target device for the file. The file is sent as soon as the target device accepts it. File sharing processes may differ, depending on the file. Settings 105 Sharing panel You can share contents from Gallery, Music and File Manager with nearby devices. Also you can share the content with specific people in apps that work with Google Direct Share. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to deactivate each option. Sharing panel. Nearby devices: You can display the nearby devices to which you can share contents on the Gallery, Music, and File Manager apps. Direct share: From an app which supports Google Direct Share, you can display an icon which allows you to share contents to specific people. File sharing You can send and receive files between your device and other LG devices or tablets. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Customise the following settings:

K52: Change the device name. Save to: Set the destination folder to save files sent from other File sharing. devices in. Beam. File sharing: Permit receipt of files sent from other devices. SmartShare Beam: Share files with other devices via SmartShare Help: You can view help on sharing files. Settings 106 Printing You can connect your device to a Bluetooth printer and print photos or documents saved on the device. On the settings screen, tap Connected devices Tap Default Print Service to search for printers you can connect to. Or, Printing. tap Tap Add printer to manually add a printer. Add service to download the printer app you want. This is available only when the mobile network or the Bluetooth function is turned on. account. To down the printer app in Add service, first log on to your Google Sound Silent. You can customise sound, vibrate and notification settings. On the settings screen, tap Sound and customise the following settings:

Sound profile: Change the sound mode to Sound, Vibrate only, or Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items. Ringtone: Select a ringtone for incoming calls. Add or delete ringtones. Notification sound: Select a notification ringtone. Set music saved on the device as a notification ringtone. Ring with vibration: Set the device to vibrate and play a ringtone simultaneously. contact. ringtone. Ringtone ID: Create a ringtone for an incoming call from a particular Flash alert for incoming call: Set the flash to blink according to LG Settings 107 Do not disturb: Set the time, range and app type to receive notification messages. Receive notification messages only on particular days of the week. Sound quality and effects: Use the function to set the sound quality and effects while playing a song or video.

- Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items.

- Normalize volume: Use the function to normalise the volumes of different sound sources.

- Equalizer: Use the function to adjust the equaliser settings.

- LG 3D Sound Engine: Use the function to play music or video in three-dimensional, immersive and vivid sound when earphones, speaker or other external audio devices are connected. See LG 3D Sound Engine for details. Vibration type: You can select the type of vibration when receiving Dialing keypad sound: Select the keypad sound effect. Touch sound: Select a sound effect for tapping an item. Screen lock sound: Select a sound effect when the screen is locked or calls. unlocked. Notifications You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications. 1 On the settings screen, tap Notifications. 2 Customise the settings as desired. Settings 108 Display You can customise detailed settings for each screen type. On the settings screen, tap Display and customise the following settings:

Home screen: Customise settings for the Home screen. See Home screen settings for details. Navigation bar: Set the style of the navigation bar with Gestures or Buttons only. you can also change the button combination when you set Buttons only as a style of the navigation bar. For details, see Using Navigation bar. Status bar: Set the color of the status bar on the top of the screen, or set the notification icon display and battery percentage display. Comfort view: Set the device to reduce amount of blue light on screen to reduce eye strain. the screen at night time. Night mode: You can apply a dimmed screen theme to avoid glare on Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Accent color: Change the point color for settings, menus, notification windows, etc. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Full screen apps: Adjust the screen size of apps. Brightness: Use the slide bar to change the devices screen brightness. To automatically adjust screen brightness according to ambient light intensity, tap the Auto switch. Auto: Set the device so that the screen brightness is automatically adjusted in accordance with the ambient light intensity. Screen timeout: Automatically turn off the screen when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically rotate the screen according to the devices orientation. Settings 109 Screen saver: Display a screen saver when the device is connected to the holder or charger. Select a screen saver type to display. One-handed screen: Make the screen size smaller to conveniently use the device with one hand. Drag the Home touch button at the bottom of the screen to the left or right. Wallpaper & theme You can select wallpaper, screen theme, icon style or AOD (Always-on Display) for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Wallpaper & theme. 2 Tap Wallpaper or Theme to customise the settings. Lock screen & security You can customise lock screen and security settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Lock screen & security. 2 Customise the settings. Google Play Protect: Scan your device daily for potentially harmful apps. Find My Device: Remotely track the device location. You can also protect your data securely if you lost your device. Security update: Check for software update and configure automatic installation settings. Select screen lock: Select the desired screen lock method. See Setting a screen lock for details. Customize Lock screen: Change the information displayed on the locked screen. Secure lock settings: Change the secure lock settings. Fingerprints: Use your fingerprint to unlock the screen or content. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Settings 110 Content lock: Allow you to set a lock type (password or pattern) for your Gallery files. Encryption & credentials: Configure the settings for SD card encryption and credentials.

- Encrypt SD card: Encrypt the memory card to prevent use on another device. See Memory card encryption for details.

- Credential protection: View the type of the storage where the security certificate will be saved.

- Trusted credentials: View your systems root CA certificates and user-installed CA certificates.

- User credentials: View and change secure certificate information stored on your device.

- Install from storage: Install a secure certificate from a storage.

- Clear credentials: Delete user-installed secure certificates and related credentials. Phone administrators: Allow privileges to restrict the control or use of the device to particular apps. Trust agents: View and use trust agents installed on the device. Screen pin: Fix the app screen so that only the currently active app can be used. Usage access: View details on usage of apps on the device. Settings 111 Privacy You can find and adjust all your privacy settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Privacy. 2 Customise the settings. Permission manager: Allows you to check and change the permissions granted to the apps. Lock screen: Allows you to set notifications to show on the lock screen. Make passwords visible: Enable this option to briefly show each character of the password as you type it so you can see what youve entered. Auto-fill service from Google: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use the Google Autocomplete feature, or add a new service account. Google location history: Allows you to enable or disable Location History. When enabled, Google periodically stores and uses your phones most recent location data in connection with your Google Account. From the Location History screen, tap your location data. to view and/or manage Activity controls: Select activities and information which you want Ads: Allows you to check the advertising ID and set the personalised Google to save. ads. Usage & diagnostics: Enable this option to help improve the Android experience by automatically sending diagnostic, device, and app usage data to Google. Settings 112 Location You can check how your location information is shared and configure the permission to access your location information. On the settings screen, tap Location and set the desired function. Extensions Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the settings screen, tap Extensions Smart Doctor. Gaming You can configure settings for game tools, graphics and battery saving feature. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings:

Gaming. Game Launcher: Tap Game tools: You can run the function while playing games by touching the game tools icon among the home touch buttons. to use the game launcher. Game graphics: Adjust the game graphics. When you change the resolutions on some games, the screen display feature may not work properly. This function may not be available in certain game apps. Break time: Reduce the screen brightness and performance whenever you leave the game running for more than 5 minutes. Settings 113 Dual App You can install duplicate messenger apps on the product and use two accounts at the same time. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 After reading the disclaimer, tap Confirm. 3 In the list of available apps, tap Install to install a copy of a desired app Dual App. and follow the on-screen instructions. On the screen, the list of available dual apps is shown. During installation, app icons are generated on the home screen. Shortcuts You can use buttons such as the Lock/Power, Volume, and Google Assistant to run certain apps or functions right away. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings. Shortcuts. Open Camera: Press Power key twice to open Camera. Open Screen-off memo: Press Volume Up key twice to open Screen-off memo when the screen is locked or off. Open Camera: Press Volume Down key twice to open Camera when the screen is locked or off. Open Google Assistant: Press the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone. Talk to Google Assistant: Press and hold the Google Assistant key to quickly talk to your Assistant. Google Assistant does not support certain languages. Settings 114 KnockON Double-tap the screen to turn the screen on or off. See KnockON for details. Apps You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications, app permissions, and more. 1 On the settings screen, tap Apps. 2 Customise the settings. Battery You can view the current battery information or turn on power-saving mode. 1 On the settings screen, tap Battery. 2 Customise the following settings:

Battery usage: View the battery usage details. Adaptive battery: Allow you to save the battery by stopping apps running in the background. Background restrictions: Enable this option to restrict background apps to save the battery while using the device. Restricted apps for power saving may not work properly or may not send you notifications. Battery saver: Reduce battery consumption by cutting down some device settings, such as the display brightness, speed and vibration intensity. Power saving exclusions: Select apps to use without any functional limitation while in power saving or battery optimisation mode. Settings 115 Storage You can view and manage internal storage on the device or storage space of the memory card. 1 On the settings screen, tap Storage. 2 Customise the following settings:

Internal storage: View the total storage space and free space in the devices internal storage. View a list of apps in use and the storage capacity for each app. SD card: View the total storage space and free space in the memory card. This option appears only when a memory card is inserted. To unmount the memory card, tap

. Accounts You can add users to share your device and register a cloud account. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accounts. 2 Customise the settings. Digital Wellbeing & parental controls You can view the product use time and set the timer for each app. Also, you can manage the mobile phone use time by using the Sleep Preparation Mode and Focus Mode. Select Digital Wellbeing & parental controls on the settings screen and set the desired function. Settings 116 You can use Google settings to manage your Google apps and account settings. On the settings screen, tap Google. Google System Update centre You can check and install the latest version of the app or software provided by LG. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Update center. App Updates: Check if an app update is available. If available, you can install the update. Software Update: Check if a software update is available. If available, you can install the update. Language & keyboard You can customise language and keyboard settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Language & keyboard. Language: Select a language to apply for the device. Manage keyboards: You can change the products basic keyboard setting, set the use environments for LG Keyboard or other installed keyboards, and set the speech recognition function for Google Voice input. Also, you can set whether to display the keyboard button in the touch button area on the home screen so that you can quickly switch to another keyboard. Settings 117 Physical keyboard: Select to use the physical keyboard, or check keyboard shortcut keys. Spell Checker. Spell checker: Allows you to set various options for the Google Autofill service: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use Google Autocomplete, or add a new service account. Text-to-speech output: Configure the settings for text-to-speech output. Pointer speed: Adjust the pointer speed of a mouse or trackpad. Reverse mouse buttons: Reverse the right mouse button to perform primary direct-manipulation actions. Date & time You can customise date and time settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the settings. Date & time. Memory You can view the average amount of memory usage over a certain period of time and the memory occupied by an app. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Tap to set a time slot to retrieve data. Memory. Settings 118 Backup You can back up data saved on your device to another device or account. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Backup. LG Mobile Switch: Allow you to transfer data from an old LG device to your new LG device. See LG Mobile Switch for details. Backup & restore: Back up your device data or restore data to your device from a backup. Resetting your device may delete backup files saved in storage. Make sure to copy and store the important backup files to your PC. Google backup: Change Google drive backup settings. You can also check the backup account currently used, or add a new backup account. Restart & reset You can reset the device including network and app settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Restart & reset. Auto-restart: Automatically restart and optimise the phone at a to activate this feature. The device automatically set time. Tap restarts at a set time and optimise itself. Select a date and time for restart. Settings 119 You can set the device to restart itself once a week. The device automatically restarts in an hour from the preset time. Once the device restarts, notifications and badges are erased. Save important data before the preset time. The Auto-restart feature is not activated in the following situations:

When the screen is turned on, when the device is in use, when the battery level is 30% or less, or when the USIM card is locked.

- Depending on the telecommunication provider, the auto-restart function may or may not be available. Network settings reset: Reset Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and other network settings. data. Reset app preferences: Reset the settings for an app. The data saved in the app will not be deleted. Factory data reset: Reset all settings for the device and delete Restarting and resetting your device deletes all data on it. Enter your device name, Google Account and other initial information again. After data initialization, the data cannot be restored. About phone You can view information about your device, such as the name, status, software details and legal information. On the settings screen, tap System About phone and view information. Regulatory & safety You can view regulatory marks and related information on your device. On the settings screen, tap System Regulatory & safety. Settings 120 Accessibility You can manage accessibility plug-ins installed on your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accessibility. 2 Customise the following settings:

Vision TalkBack: Set the device to notify screen status or actions via voice. information via voice. Vision Voice notifications: Set the device to read the caller Vision Vision Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Touch zoom: Zoom in or out by tapping the screen three Window zoom: Zoom in or out within a window and invert Vision times. Vision the colour. Vision Vision Large mouse pointer: Magnify the mouse pointer. High contrast screen: Turn the background colour into black for a high contrast screen. Vision Screen color inversion: Increase the display colour contrast for people with low vision. Vision Vision Vision Screen color adjustment: Adjust the display colour. Monochrome: Switch the screen to grayscale mode. End call with the Power key: End a call by pressing the Power/Lock key. Hearing Caption preferences: Turn on the subtitle service when playing videos for the hearing impaired. Hearing Flash alerts: Set the device to notify you with a blinking light for incoming calls, messages and alarms. Settings 121 Hearing Mute all sounds: Mute all sounds and lower volume on the receiver. Hearing Hearing Audio channel: Select the audio type. Sound balance: Adjust the audio output balance. Use the slide bar to change the balance. Motor & cognition Touch assistant: Turn on the touch board to make buttons and gestures easier to use. Motor & cognition Touch input: Enter text by touching and holding the screen or modify it by simply touching the screen. Motor & cognition Physical keyboard: Customise the keyboard settings. Motor & cognition Auto mouse click: Automatically click the mouse pointer in case of no movement. Motor & cognition Touch and hold for calls: Answer or decline calls by touching and holding the call button instead of dragging it. Motor & cognition Screen timeout: Turn off the screen automatically when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Motor & cognition Touch control areas: Limit the touch area so that only a particular portion of the screen can be controlled by touch input. Accessibility features shortcut: Quickly access a frequently used function by tapping three times. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically change the screen orientation according to the physical position of the device. Select to Speak: Allow you to tap items to hear spoken feedback. Switch Access: Create key combinations to control your device. Settings 122 05 Appendix LG Language Settings Select a language to use on your device. On the home screen, tap Settings Language Add language, and select a language. System Language & keyboard

- Touch and hold and drag it to the top of the language list to set it as a default language. LG Bridge LG Bridge overview You can back up contacts, photos and more to the computer or update the device software. See LG Bridge help for details. The supported features may vary depending on the device. LG USB driver is a necessary program to connect your LG smartphone with the computer and is installed when you install LG Bridge. LG Bridge functions Back up data from the device to a computer or restore data from a computer to the device via USB cable connection. Update the device software from a computer via USB cable connection. Appendix 124 Installing LG Bridge on a computer 1 Go to www.lg.com from your computer. 2 Select your region. 3 Click Support 4 Enter the name of your device. Software & Firmware. OR Select by the Product Category. 5 Go to PC Sync LG Bridge to download the setup file. Go to Details to view the minimum requirements for installing LG Bridge. Phone software update LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet For more information about using this function, please visit http://www.lg.com/common/index.jsp, select your country and language. This feature allows you to conveniently update the firmware on your phone to a newer version from the Internet without needing to visit a service centre. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. Because the mobile phone firmware update requires the users full attention for the duration of the update process, please make sure you check all instructions and notes that appear at each step before proceeding. Please note that removing the USB cable during the upgrade may seriously damage your mobile phone. LG reserves the right to make firmware updates available only for selected models at its own discretion and does not guarantee the availability of the newer version of the firmware for all handset models. Appendix 125 LG Mobile Phone software update via Over-

the-Air (OTA) This feature allows you to conveniently update your phones software to a newer version via OTA, without connecting a USB cable. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. To perform the phone software update, Settings for update. Software Update Update center Check now System Your personal data from internal phone storageincluding information about your Google Account and any other accounts, your system/

application data and settings, any downloaded applications and your DRM licencemight be lost in the process of updating your phones software. Therefore, LG recommends that you backup your personal data before updating your phones software. LG does not take responsibility for any loss of personal data. This feature depends on the area or service provider. Appendix 126 Anti-Theft Guide Set up your device to prevent other people from using it if it's been reset to factory settings without your permission. For example, if your device is lost, stolen, or wiped, only someone with your Google Account or screen lock information can use the device. All you need to make sure your device is protected is:

Set a screen lock: If your device is lost or stolen but you have a screen lock set, the device can't be erased using the Settings menu unless your screen is unlocked. Add your Google Account on your device: If your device is wiped but you have your Google Account on it, the device can't finish the setup process until your Google Account information is entered again. After your device is protected, you'll need to either unlock your screen or enter your Google Account password if you need to do a factory reset. This ensures that you or someone you trust is doing the reset. Do not forget your Google Account and password you had added to your device prior to performing a factory reset. If you can't provide the account information during the setup process, you won't be able to use the device at all after performing the factory reset. Appendix 127 Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) Regulatory & safety. For regulatory details, go to Settings System Appendix 128 Trademarks Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. LG and the LG logo are registered trademarks of LG Group and its related entities. Google, Google Maps, Gmail, YouTube, Google Duo, Google Play, Android, Chrome, Google Photos, Google Play Protect, Google Calendar, Google Docs, Google Drive, Google Sheets and other related marks and logos are trademarks of Google LLC. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. worldwide. Wi-Fi and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their Alliance. respective owners. Appendix 129 Laser safety statement Caution!

This product employs a Laser system. To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owners manual carefully and retain for future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorised service centre. Use of controls, adjustments, or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure or make direct contact with the laser. DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Hereby, LG Electronics declares that this LM-K520HM product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/declaration Appendix 130 Contact office for compliance of this product LG Electronics European Shared Service Center B.V. Krijgsman 1, 1186 DM Amstelveen, The Netherlands Wi-Fi (WLAN) The use of the 5150 5350 MHz band is restricted to indoor use only. AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK UK AL ME RS MK TR BA XK Appendix 131 More information Tempered glass parts Tempered glass parts of this device are not permanent and they may wear out over time. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Center. You can purchase protective cases to protect your device from damage on the market. Note that these protective cases are not covered under the warranty service provided by LG Electronics and safety is not guaranteed. Aspect ratio This device uses 20.5:9 aspect ratio. Some downloaded apps may not support 20.5:9 aspect ratio. In this case, select the most optimal screen ratio for the app or consult the app provider for more information. Appendix 132 Guide to data transfers For the data that can be exchange between LG devices or between the LG device and a third party device, see the following table. LG device LG device Third party Android device LG device iOS device LG device Type Item details Contacts, messages, dial logs, calendar, voice recordings Personal data Memos Alarms Media data Photos, videos, songs, documents Screen settings Apps Home screen settings

(folders and widgets) Lock screen settings

(screen lock settings excluded) Downloaded apps Personal data of the downloaded app Public certificate Others Settings (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Calls, sound & notification, accessibility, battery) X X X X X X X X X

X X Some data may not be transmitted depending on the software version, app version, operating system, manufacturer or service providers policy. Appendix 133 Supported Frequency Bands Transmitter Output power GSM 900 GSM 1800 WCDMA VIII WCDMA I LTE B28 LTE B20 LTE B8 LTE B3 LTE B1 LTE B7 LTE B40 LTE B38 BT 2.4GHz WLAN 2.4GHz WLAN 5GHz XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm Travel Adapter Information can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc Appendix 134 Disposal of your old appliance 1. This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products (WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 2. Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3. You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling Disposal of waste batteries/accumulators 1. This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury

(Hg), cadmium (Cd) or lead (Pb) if the battery contains more than 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2. All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3. The correct disposal of your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 4. For more detailed information about disposal of your old batteries/

accumulators, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Appendix 135 FAQ This chapter lists some problems you might encounter when using your device. Some problems require you to call your service provider, but most are easy to fix yourself. SIM card error Make sure the SIM card is correctly inserted. No network connection or dropped network Signal is weak. Move to a window or an open area. You are outside the carrier network area. Move and check the network. Calls are not available New network not authorised. Make sure you have not set call barring for the incoming number. Make sure you have not set call barring for the number you are dialling. Device cannot be turned on When the battery is completely discharged, your device will not turn on. Fully charge the battery before turning on the device. Charging error Make sure device is charging at a normal temperature. Check the charger and its connection to the device. Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. The battery depletes faster than when first purchased When you expose the device or the battery to very cold or hot temperatures, the battery life may be reduced. Battery consumption will increase when you use certain features or apps, such as GPS, games or the Internet. The battery is consumable and the battery life will get shorter over time. Appendix 136 Error messages appear when launching the camera Charge the battery. Free some memory by transferring files to a computer or deleting files from your device. Restart the device. If you are still having trouble with the camera app after trying these tips, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. The photo quality is poor The quality of your photos may vary, depending on the surroundings and the photography techniques you use. If you take photos and videos, standard angle quality is better than wide-

angle. If you take photos in dark areas, at night or indoors, image noise may occur or images may be out of focus. If you have any problems, reset the options. The touch screen responds slowly or incorrectly If you attach a screen protector or optional accessories to the touch screen, the touch screen may not function properly. If you are wearing gloves, if your hands are not clean while touching the touch screen or if you tap the screen with sharp objects or your fingertips, the touch screen may malfunction. The touch screen may malfunction in humid conditions or when exposed to water. Restart your device to clear any temporary software bugs. If the touch screen is scratched or damaged, visit a LG Electronics Service Centre. Appendix 137 Hangs or freezes Restart the device If your device freezes or hangs, you may need to close apps or turn the device off and then on again. Perform a boot-up A soft reset may be used to reset the device if the screen freezes, or the buttons, touch screen or device are no longer responding. To perform a soft reset of your device, simply press and hold the Volume Down and Power keys until the device restarts. Reset the device If the methods above do not solve your problem, perform a factory data reset. On the settings screen, tap System Restart & reset Factory data reset.

- This method resets all settings for the device and deletes data. Before performing the factory data reset, remember to make back-

up copies of all important data stored in the device.

- If you registered a Google Account to the device, you must sign in to the same Google Account after resetting the device. Appendix 138 Bluetooth device is not located Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on your device. Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on the device you wish to connect to. Make sure your device and the other Bluetooth device are within the maximum Bluetooth range (10 m). If the tips above do not solve your problem, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. A connection is not established when you connect the device to a computer Make sure the USB cable you are using is compatible with your device. Make sure you have the proper driver installed and updated on your computer. Downloaded application causes a lot of errors Application has problems. Remove and reinstall the application. Appendix 139

E N G L I S H USER GUIDE LM-K520HMW Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. MFLXXXXXXXX (1.0) www.lg.com ENGLISH About this user guide Thank you for choosing this LG product. Please carefully read this user guide before using the device for the first time to ensure safe and proper use. Always use genuine LG accessories. The supplied items are designed only for this device and may not be compatible with other devices. Descriptions are based on the device default settings. Default apps on the device are subject to updates, and support for these apps may be withdrawn without prior notice. If you have any questions about an app provided with the device, please contact an LG Service Centre. For user-installed apps, please contact the relevant service provider. Modifying the devices operating system or installing software from unofficial sources may damage the device and lead to data corruption or data loss. Such actions will violate your LG licence agreement and void your warranty. Some content and illustrations may differ from your device, depending on the area, service provider, software version, or OS version, and are subject to change without prior notice. Software, audio, wallpaper, images, and other media supplied with your device are licenced for limited use. If you extract and use these materials for commercial or other purposes, you may be infringing copyright laws. As a user, you are fully responsible for the illegal use of media. Additional charges may incur for data services, such as messaging, uploading, downloading, auto-syncing and location services. To avoid additional charges, select a data plan suitable to your needs. Contact your service provider to obtain additional details. This user guide is written in major languages for each country. Depending on the language used, content may partly differ. 1 Instructional notices WARNING: Situations that could cause injury to the user and third parties. device. CAUTION: Situations that may cause minor injury or damage to the NOTE: Notices or additional information. About this user guide 2 Table of contents 6 Guidelines for safe and efficient use 01 02 Custom-designed Features 16 16 18 22 Multi-tasking feature Audio recording features Google Assistant Fingerprint recognition Basic Functions 26 Product components and accessories Parts overview Turning the power on or off Installing the SIM card Inserting the memory card Removing the memory card Battery Touch screen Home screen Screen lock 27 31 32 34 35 35 38 41 50 53 Memory card encryption 54 54 56 Taking screenshots Content sharing Do not disturb 3 Installing and uninstalling apps App Shortcuts Phone 03 Camera Gallery Contacts QuickMemo+

Clock Calculator Useful Apps 58 60 61 65 Messaging 66 78 83 85 88 89 90 Music 91 ThinQ FM Radio 91 Audio Recorder 92 Game Launcher 92 Smart Doctor 93 93 LG Mobile Switch App trash 93 RemoteCall Service 94 Cell Broadcast 94 94 Google apps 04 Settings Settings 98 98 Network & internet 105 Connected devices 107 Sound 108 Notifications 109 Display 110 Wallpaper & theme 110 Lock screen & security 112 Privacy 113 Location 113 Extensions 115 Apps 115 Battery 116 Storage 116 Accounts 116 Digital Wellbeing & parental controls 117 Google 117 System 121 Accessibility Table of contents 4 05 Appendix 124 LG Language Settings 124 LG Bridge 125 Phone software update 127 Anti-Theft Guide 128 Open Source Software Notice Information 128 Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) 129 Trademarks 130 Laser safety statement 130 DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY 131 Contact office for compliance of this product 131 Wi-Fi (WLAN) 132 More information 136 FAQ Table of contents 5 Guidelines for safe and efficient use Please read these simple guidelines. Not following these guidelines may be dangerous or illegal. Should a fault occur, a software tool is built into your device that will gather a fault log. This tool gathers only data specific to the fault, such as signal strength, cell ID position in sudden call drop and applications loaded. The log is used only to help determine the cause of the fault. These logs are encrypted and can only be accessed by an authorised LG Repair centre should you need to return your device for repair. Exposure to radio frequency energy Radio wave exposure and Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) information. This device has been designed to comply with applicable safety requirements for exposure to radio waves. These requirements are based on scientific guidelines that include safety margins designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. The radio wave exposure guidelines employ a unit of measurement known as the Specific Absorption Rate, or SAR. Tests for SAR are conducted using standardised methods with the device transmitting at its highest certified power level in all used frequency bands. While there may be differences between the SAR levels of various LG device models, they are all designed to meet the relevant guidelines for exposure to radio waves. The SAR limit recommended by the International Commission on Non-Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP) is 2 W/kg averaged over 10g of tissue. The highest SAR value for this model tested for use at the ear is X.XXX W/kg

(10g) and when worn on the body is X.XXX W/kg (10g). This device meets RF exposure guidelines when used either in the normal use position against the ear or when positioned at least 5 mm away from the body. When a carry case, belt clip or holder is used for body-worn operation, it should not contain metal and should position the product at least 5 mm away from your body. In order to transmit data files or messages, this device requires a quality connection to the network. In some cases, transmission of data files or messages may be delayed until such a connection is available. Ensure the above separation distance instructions are followed until the transmission is completed. 6 Information about the RF exposure from FCC In August 1996, the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the United States, with its action in Report and Order FCC 96-326, adopted an updated safety standard for human exposure to radio frequency (RF) electromagnetic energy emitted by FCC regulated transmitters. Those guidelines are consistent with the safety standard previously set by both international and U.S. standards. The design of this device complies with FCC guidelines and these international standards. Part 15.19 statement This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

(2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Part 15.21 Statement Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the users authority to operate the equipment. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 7 Body-worn Operation This device was tested for typical bodyworn operations with the back of the device kept 0.39 inches (1cm) between the users body and the back of the device. To comply with FCC RF exposure requirements, a minimum separation distance of 0.39 inches (1cm) must be maintained between the users body and the back of the device. Any beltclips, holsters, and similar accessories containing metallic components may not be used. Body-worn accessories that cannot maintain 0.39 inches (1cm) separation distance between the users body and the back of the device, and have not been tested for typical body-worn operations may not comply with FCC RF exposure limits and should be avoided. Part 15.105 Statement This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:

Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver. Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help. Product care and maintenance Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. LG does not guarantee any damage or failure which is caused by third party accessories. Some contents and illustrations may differ from your device without prior notice. work is required. Do not disassemble this unit. Take it to a qualified service technician when repair Guidelines for safe and efficient use 8 Repairs under warranty, at LGs discretion, may include replacement parts or boards that are either new or reconditioned, provided that they have functionality equal to that of the parts being replaced. Keep away from electrical appliances such as TVs, radios and personal The unit should be kept away from heat sources such as radiators or cookers. computers. Do not drop. Do not subject this unit to mechanical vibration or shock. Switch off the device in any area where you are required to by special regulations. For example, do not use your device in hospitals as it may affect sensitive medical equipment. Do not handle the device with wet hands while it is being charged. It may cause an electric shock and can seriously damage your device. Do not charge a handset near flammable material as the handset can become hot and create a fire hazard. benzene, thinner or alcohol). Use a dry cloth to clean the exterior of the unit (do not use solvents such as Do not charge the device when it is on soft furnishings. The device should be charged in a well ventilated area. Do not subject this unit to excessive smoke or dust. Do not keep the device next to credit cards or transport tickets; it can affect the information on the magnetic strips. Do not tap the screen with a sharp object as it may damage the device. Do not expose the device to liquid or moisture. Use accessories like earphones cautiously. Do not touch the antenna unnecessarily. Do not use, touch or attempt to remove or fix broken, chipped or cracked glass. Damage to the glass display due to abuse or misuse is not covered under the warranty. Your device is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your device during or immediately after operation. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 9 If your device gets wet, immediately unplug it to dry off completely. Do not attempt to accelerate the drying process with an external heating source, such as an oven, microwave or hair dryer. The liquid in your wet device, changes the colour of the product label inside your device. Damage to your device as a result of exposure to liquid is not covered under your warranty. A mobile device requires proper air circulation in order to dissipate heat. Direct skin contact and inadequate circulation of air flow to the device may cause the device to overheat. The device must be at least 1.0cm from between the users body. Prevent dust of any other foreign substances from getting into the Charger/

USB cable port. It may cause heat or fire. Avoid exposing the device to low air pressure at high altitude. Do not expose the device to extremely low air pressure. Otherwise, it can cause explosion of the battery or leakage of flammable liquid or gas. Efficient device operation Electronics devices All devices may receive interference, which could affect performance. Do not use your device near medical equipment without requesting permission. Please consult your doctor to determine if operation of your device may interfere with the operation of your medical device. Pacemaker manufacturers recommend that you leave at least 15 cm of space between other devices and a pacemaker to avoid potential interference with the pacemaker. This device may produce a bright or flashing light. Some hearing aids might be disturbed by devices. Minor interference may affect TVs, radios, PCs etc. Use your device in temperatures between 0C and 40C, if possible. Exposing your device to extremely low or high temperatures may result in damage, malfunction, or even explosion. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 10 Road safety Check the laws and regulations on the use of devices in the area when you drive. Do not use a hand-held device while driving. Give full attention to driving. so require. Pull off the road and park before making or answering a call if driving conditions RF energy may affect some electronic systems in your vehicle such as car stereos and safety equipment. When your vehicle is equipped with an air bag, do not obstruct with installed or portable wireless equipment. It can cause the air bag to fail or cause serious injury due to improper performance. If you are listening to music whilst out and about, please ensure that the volume is at a reasonable level so that you are aware of your surroundings. This is of particular importance when near roads. Avoid damage to your hearing To prevent possible hearing damage, do not listen at high volume levels for long periods. Damage to your hearing can occur if you are exposed to loud sound for long periods of time. We therefore recommend that you do not turn on or off the handset close to your ear. We also recommend that music and call volumes are set to a reasonable level. When using headphones, turn the volume down if you cannot hear the people speaking near you, or if the person sitting next to you can hear what you are listening to. Excessive sound pressure from earphones and headphones can cause hearing loss. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 11 Glass Parts Some parts of your device are made of glass. This glass could break if your device is dropped on a hard surface or receives a substantial impact. If the glass breaks, do not touch or attempt to remove it. Stop using your device until the glass is replaced by an authorised service provider. Blasting area Do not use the device where blasting is in progress. Observe restrictions and follow any regulations or rules. Potentially explosive atmospheres Do not use your device at a refueling point. Do not use near fuel or chemicals. Do not transport or store flammable gas, liquid or explosives in the same compartment of your vehicle as your device or accessories. In aircraft Wireless devices can cause interference in aircraft. Turn your device off before boarding any aircraft. Do not use it on the ground without permission from the crew. Children Keep the device in a safe place out of the reach of small children. It includes small parts which may cause a choking hazard if detached. Emergency calls Emergency calls may not be available on all mobile networks. Therefore you should never depend solely on your device for emergency calls. Check with your local service provider. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 12 Battery information and care You do not need to completely discharge the battery before recharging. Unlike other battery systems, there is no memory effect that could compromise the batterys performance. Use only LG batteries and chargers. LG chargers are designed to maximise the battery life. Do not disassemble or short-circuit the battery. Keep the metal contacts of the battery clean. Replace the battery when it no longer provides acceptable performance. The battery pack may be recharged hundreds of times before it needs replacing. Recharge the battery if it has not been used for a long time to maximise usability. such as in the bathroom. performance. Do not expose the battery charger to direct sunlight or use it in high humidity, Do not leave the battery in hot or cold places, as this may deteriorate battery Risk of explosion if battery is replaced by an incorrect type. Dispose of used batteries according to the instructions. Always unplug the charger from the wall socket after the device is fully charged to save unnecessary power consumption of the charger. Actual battery life will depend on network configuration, product settings, usage patterns, battery and environmental conditions. Make sure that no sharp-edged items such as animals teeth or claws, come into contact with the battery. This could cause a fire. Power Consumption (Networked Standby Mode) : X.X W Securing personal information Make sure to protect your personal information to prevent data leakage or misuse of sensitive information. Always back up important data while using the device. LG is not responsible for any data loss. Make sure to back up all data and reset the device when disposing of the device to prevent any misuse of sensitive information. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 13 Read the permission screen carefully while downloading applications. Be cautious using the applications that have access to multiple functions or to your personal information. Check your personal accounts regularly. If you find any sign of misuse of your personal information, ask your service provider to delete or change your account information. If your device is lost or stolen, change the password of your account to secure your personal information. Do not use applications from unknown sources. Notice for Battery replacement Li-Ion Battery is a hazardous component which can cause injury. Battery replacement by a non-qualified professional can cause damage to your device. Do not replace the battery by yourself. The battery can be damaged, which can cause overheat and injury. The battery must be replaced by a qualified professional. The battery should be recycled or disposed separately from household waste. In case this product contains a battery incorporated within the product which cannot be readily removed by end-users, LG recommends that only qualified professionals remove the battery, either for replacement or for recycling at the end of this products working life. To prevent damage to the product, and for their own safety, users should not attempt to remove the battery and should contact LG Service Helpline, or other independent service providers for advice. Removal of the battery will involve dismantling of the product case, disconnection of the electrical cables/ contacts, and careful extraction of the battery cell using specialised tools. If you need the instructions for qualified professionals on how to remove the battery safely, please visit http://www.lge.com/global/sustainability/environment/take-back-recycling. Guidelines for safe and efficient use 14 01 Custom-designed Features Audio recording features LG 3D Sound Engine LG 3D Sound Engine feature allows you to hear stereoscopic and optimised sound. When playing music or video, you can enjoy stereoscopic and immersive sound as if you were listening in the field. 1 Drag the notifications panel downwards. 2 Tap to turn on or off the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Or tap Settings Sound Engine and tap to activate it. Sound Sound quality and effects LG 3D If you connect an external audio device such as an earphone or speaker to the product, a pop-up appears to turn on the LG 3D Sound Engine feature. Google Assistant Google Assistant overview Your device has the built-in Google Assistant feature. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To use this feature, first connect to the network. Launching Google Assistant 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Tap GET STARTED. Custom-designed Features 16 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. The device saves your voice data for recognition. 4 Set whether to use the voice match unlock function. If you use the voice match unlock function, you can unlock the device even when the device screen is turned off or the device is charging by saying OK Google or Hey Google. This feature may be more vulnerable to security than the other screen locks, such as Pattern, PIN, and Password. When a similar voice or your recorded voice is used, the screen may be unlocked. To use this feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen

& security screen lock method you set to unlock the device. Secure lock settings Smart Lock, and then use the You need to unlock the device by using the specified method if you fail to unlock the device with voice recognition. See Setting a screen lock for details. 5 Tap Finish. Hey Google. question. Accessing by Voice 1 When the home screen is turned off or locked, say OK Google or 2 When the Google Assistant screen appears, say a command or ask a Accessing from Home Screen 1 Press the Google Assistant key on the left side of the device. or Swipe diagonally from a bottom edge corner of the screen. 2 Say a command or question when you see on the bottom of the screen. Custom-designed Features 17 In an environment where Wi-Fi or mobile data connection is poor, the Google Assistant function may be restricted and the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. If the speech is ambiguous, the microphone is covered, a media player is playing, or the surrounding is loud, the speech recognition accuracy rate may be lowered. When you are using the product via voice commands, say with accurate pronunciation in a quite environment for better speech recognition accuracy. Fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition overview You must register your fingerprint on your device first before using the fingerprint recognition function. You can use the fingerprint recognition function in the following cases:

To unlock the screen. To view the locked content in the Gallery. Confirm a purchase by signing into an app or identifying yourself with your fingerprint. You can use fingerprint data for user authentication. There is a possibility that the fingerprint sensor might recognise a different but very similar fingerprint as the same registered fingerprint. To strengthen security, it is recommended that you use the pattern, PIN, or password method for unlocking the screen. If the device cannot detect your fingerprint or you forgot the value specified for registration, visit the nearest LG Customer Service Centre with your device and ID card. Custom-designed Features 18 Precautions for fingerprint recognition Fingerprint recognition accuracy may decrease due to a number of reasons. To maximise the recognition accuracy, check the following before using the device. At the bottom centre of the products screen, there is a built-in sensor that recognises fingerprints. Be careful not to scratch or damage the fingerprint sensor with metal objects such as coins or keys. If there are foreign substances (sweat, lotion, water, dirt, grease, etc.) on the fingerprint sensor or on the finger to be put on the sensor, fingerprint recognition may not work properly. Wipe the sensor and the finger clean and remove all moisture before putting the finger on the sensor. If the fingers surface is rough due to it being scarred or pruney from water, the sensor may not be able to recognise the fingerprint. In such a case, register another fingerprint. If you bend your finger or use the fingertip only, your fingerprint may not be recognised. Make sure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint sensor. Scan only one finger for each registration. Scanning more than one finger may affect fingerprint registration and recognition. The device may generate static electricity if the surrounding air is dry. If the surrounding air is dry, avoid scanning fingerprints, or touch a metallic object such as a coin or a key before scanning fingerprints to remove static electricity. Custom-designed Features 19 Registering fingerprints You can register and save your fingerprint on the device to use fingerprint identification. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. A lock screen must be set in order to be able to use this feature. If the screen lock is not active, configure the lock screen by following the on-screen instructions. See Setting a screen lock for details. 2 Place your finger on the fingerprint sensor on the device and adjust it little by little. Gently press the fingerprint sensor so that the sensor can recognise Ensure that your finger covers the entire surface of the fingerprint your fingerprint. sensor. 3 Follow the on-screen instructions. Until the fingerprint registration is completed, move the same finger around on the sensor little by little. Put the finger on the sensor. When you feel a vibration, remove the finger from the sensor. Custom-designed Features 20 4 When the fingerprint registration is done, tap OK. Tap Add more to register another fingerprint. Since the fingerprint recognition success rate depends on the condition of the registered fingerprint, it is recommended that you register several different fingerprints. Managing fingerprints You can edit or delete registered fingerprints. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Fingerprints. Lock screen & security 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 From the fingerprint list, tap a fingerprint to rename it. To delete it, tap

. Unlocking the screen with a fingerprint You can unlock the screen or view the locked content by using your fingerprint. Activate the desired function:

1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Fingerprints. 2 Unlock according to the specified lock method. 3 On the fingerprint settings screen, activate the desired function:

Screen lock: Unlock screen with a fingerprint. Content lock: Unlock content with a fingerprint. To do this, make sure that the content lock is set. Custom-designed Features 21 Multi-tasking feature Recent Uses Screen Swipe the Home button history. upward and hold to view the recent use Pop-up window You can open multiple apps on the screen and easily switch between them at any time. 1 Swipe up on 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app screen and select Pop-up from the bottom of the screen. window. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 3 The app appears in the form of a pop-up window on the screen. This feature may not be available in some apps or screens. Custom-designed Features 22 Using the pop-up window

: Minimises the pop-up window. The pop-up window is minimised into the app icon floating on the screen, which can be moved anywhere you want.

: Expands the app to full screen.

: Closes the app. You can open up to 5 apps using the pop-up windows. To select an app from the opened apps, tap one of the pop-up windows. The selected pop-up window comes to the front. Pop-up windows cannot be moved to the status bar or navigation bar area. on the pop-up window, the pop-up window is minimised into Using the app folder for pop-up windows If you tap the app icon. You can move the app icon anywhere you want by dragging it. If two or more pop-up windows are minimised, the app folder is created to contain the app icons. The recently-used app icon is used as the app folder icon. If you tab the icon, all the icons for the minimised pop-up windows appear in the app folder. If you touch and hold the app folder for pop-up windows and drag the app folder into Remove, the app folder will be removed. To remove one of the apps from the app folder, open the app folder and drag the app icon out of the app folder. Custom-designed Features 23 Multi window When using gesture navigation 1 Swipe up on from the bottom of the screen. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select Multi window. The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. The selected app appears at the bottom half of the screen. When using Buttons only navigation 1 Tap on the navigation bar. Recently-used apps appear. If you tap the app icon, the App info, Multi window, Pop-up window and Pin app options appear. 2 Tap the app icon on the top left of the app to be displayed in the multiwindow and select The selected app appears at the top half of the screen. 3 Tap the other app to be displayed in the multi window. To adjust the size of the split screen, drag the bar on the centre of the To deactivate the multi window feature, drag the centre bar up or down screen. to the end of the screen. The multi window feature is not supported in some LG apps or apps downloaded from the Play Store. Custom-designed Features 24 02 Basic Functions Product components and accessories The following items are included with your device. Device USB cable Ejection pin Charger Quick Start Guide The items described above may be optional. The items supplied with the device and any available accessories may vary depending on the area and service provider. Always use genuine LG Electronics accessories. Using accessories made by other manufacturers may affect your device's call performance or cause malfunctions. This may not be covered by LG's repair service. Some of the device parts are made of tempered glass. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Centre. If any of these basic items are missing, contact the dealer from which you purchased your device. To purchase additional items, contact an LG Customer Service Centre. Some items in the product box are subject to change without notice. The appearance and specifications of your device are subject to change without prior notice for product improvement. Device specifications may vary depending on the area or service provider. Remove the protective film from the Fingerprint sensor before using the fingerprint recognition feature. Basic Functions 26 Parts overview Basic Functions 27 Do NOT attempt to remove the back cover by yourself. Doing so may severely damage the battery and device, which could cause overheating, fire, and injury. This devices back cover and battery are not to be removed or replaced by a non-qualified professional. Your phone is an electronic device that generates heat during normal operation. Extremely prolonged, direct skin contact in the absence of adequate ventilation may result in discomfort or minor burns. Therefore, use care when handling your phone during or immediately after operation. Proximity/Ambient light sensor

- Proximity sensor: During a call, the proximity sensor turns off the screen and disables touch functionality when the device is in close proximity to the human body. It turns the screen back on and enables touch functionality when the device is outside a specific range.

- Ambient light sensor: The ambient light sensor analyses the ambient light intensity when the auto-brightness control mode is turned on. Volume keys

- Adjust the volume for ringtones, calls or notifications.

- While using the Camera, gently press a Volume key to take a photo. To take continuous photos, press and hold the Volume key.

- Press the Volume Down key twice to launch the Camera app when the screen is locked or turned off. Press the Volume Up key twice to launch Capture+. Power/Lock key option.

- Briefly press the key when you want to turn the screen on or off.

- Press and hold the key when you want to select a power control Basic Functions 28 Google Assistant key

- You can short-press it once to run Google Assistant. You can press and hold it to run Google Assistant and then release the finger from the key to run the voice command function.

- See the Google Assistant for details. Fingerprint sensor

- Turn on the fingerprint recognition feature to simplify the process of unlocking the screen. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Some functions may be restricted depending on the region and product specifications of different telecommunications providers. Do not put heavy objects on the device or sit on it. Failure to do so may damage the touch screen. Screen-protective film or accessories may interfere with the proximity sensor. If your device is wet or is being used in a humid place, the touch screen or keys may not function properly. Basic Functions 29 There are two microphones built into this product. Be careful not to cover the microphones. While you are talking on the phone, do not cover the microphone with your hand or fingers. Do not use a phone case that is not a genuine product or cover the microphone with accessories, tape, etc. Hold the product correctly as shown in the image when you are using it. Basic Functions 30 Turning the power on or off Turning the power on When the power is turned off, press and hold the Power/Lock key. When the device is turned on for the first time, initial configuration takes place. The first booting time for the smart phone may be longer than usual. Turning the power off Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select Power off. Restarting the device When the device is not working properly or does not respond, restart it by following the instructions below. 1 Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time until the power is turned off. 2 When the device is restarted, release the key. Power control options Press and hold the Power/Lock key, then select an option. Power off: Turn the device off. Power off and restart: Restart the device. Basic Functions 31 Installing the SIM card Insert the SIM (Subscriber Identity Module) card provided by your service provider to start using your device. Be careful with the ejection pin since it has a sharp edge. In order for the water-resistant and dust-resistant features to work effectively, the card tray must be inserted correctly. 1 Insert the pin into the hole of the card tray and press the pin, and then pull the card tray out of the product. 2 Align the Nano-SIM cards on the card tray and press the card in the direction of the arrow as shown in the figure. 3 Insert the card tray into the phone as shown in the figure. Basic Functions 32 This device supports only Nano SIM cards. Nano Micro Standard For problem-free performance, it is recommended that you use the device with the correct type of SIM card. Always use a factory-made SIM card supplied by the operator. Do not lose your SIM card. LG is not responsible for damage and other issues caused by loss or transfer of a SIM card. Be careful not to damage the SIM card when you insert or remove it. When you insert the SIM card or memory card, place it on the card tray correctly. When you insert the card tray back into the device, insert it horizontally in the direction of arrow as shown in the figure. Make sure that the card placed on the card tray does not move out of its position. Insert the SIM card with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. Be sure to insert the SIM card into the device by following the instructions in the user manual. If you insert or remove the card tray from the device, be careful not to let water or other liquids enter into the card tray. If a wet card tray or card is inserted into the device, your device may get damaged. Memory card is an optional item. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Basic Functions 33 Inserting the memory card Insert the memory card into your device. The device can support up to a 2 TB microSD card. Depending on the memory card manufacturer and type, some memory card may not be compatible with your device. 1 Insert the ejection pin into the hole on the card tray. 2 Pull out the card tray. 3 Put the memory card on the card tray with the gold-coloured contacts facing downwards. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Some memory cards may not be fully compatible with the device. If you use an incompatible card, it may damage the device or the memory card, or corrupt the data stored in it. Frequent writing and erasing of data may shorten the memory card lifespan. Basic Functions 34 Removing the memory card Unmount the memory card before removing it for safety. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Insert the ejection pin into the hole in the card tray and then pull out Storage

. the card tray from the device. 3 Remove the memory card from the card tray. 4 Insert the card tray back into the slot. Do not remove the memory card while the device is transferring or accessing information. This may cause data to be lost or corrupted, or may damage the memory card or the device. LG is not responsible for losses that result from the abuse or improper use of memory cards, including the loss of data. Battery Charging the battery Before using the device, fully charge the battery. Charge the device with the USB Type-C cable. Basic Functions 35 If there is moisture on the charging port, exposed terminals, charging cable, charging adapter, etc., do not use or charge the product. The product may malfunction or get broken or damaged, and there is risk of injury caused by electric shock, fire, overheating, explosion, etc. If you find moisture on such areas, stop using or charging the product immediately and completely remove the moisture. Do not separate the battery cover. This product uses a non-removable battery. Do not remove or replace the battery cover or the battery. If you remove or replace the battery cover or the battery, the product may be damaged, overheated or explode. Only use the USB cable and charging adapter provided with the product as basic components. Your device has an internal rechargeable battery. For your safety, do not remove the embedded battery. Using the device when it is charging may cause electric shock. To use the device, stop charging it. Remove the charger from the power socket after the device is fully charged. This prevents unnecessary power consumption. Another way to charge the battery is by connecting a USB cable between the device and a desktop or laptop computer. This may take longer than plugging the adapter to a wall outlet. Do not charge the battery by using a USB hub that is unable to maintain the rated voltage. Charging may fail or unintentionally stop. When you are visiting the Service Centre with a battery issue, bring the product and the charger with you Since the battery is a consumable, the battery life may be shortened as times goes by. Basic Functions 36 Precautions when using the device Make sure to use the USB cable provided; do not use third party USB cables or chargers with your device. The LG limited warranty does not cover the use of third party accessories. Failure to follow the instructions in this guide and improper use may damage the device. If the battery temperature exceeds a certain level while charging the device, charging may be stopped. If magnetic, metallic or conductive materials are attached on the back of the device or a protective case is inserted, the device may not charge properly. LG Electronics is not responsible for any issues concerning accessories of other brands. For such issues, contact the manufacturer of the accessory product. Using the battery efficiently Battery lifespan may decrease if you keep many apps and functions running simultaneously and continuously. Cancel background operations to increase battery life. To minimise battery consumption, follow these tips:

Turn off the Bluetooth or Wi-Fi network function when not using them. Set the screen timeout to as short a time as possible. Minimise the screen brightness. Set a screen lock when the device is not used. Check the battery level while using any downloaded apps. Basic Functions 37 Touch screen You can familiarise yourself with how to control your device by using touch screen gestures. Tapping Lightly tap with your fingertip to select or run an app or option. Touching and holding Touch and hold for several seconds to display a menu with available options. Basic Functions 38 Double-tapping Tap twice quickly to zoom in or out on a web page or map. Dragging Touch and hold an item, such as an app or widget, then move your finger to another location in a controlled motion. You can use this gesture to move an item. Swiping Touch the screen with your finger and move it quickly without pausing. You can use this gesture to scroll through a list, a web page, photos, screens, and more. Basic Functions 39 Pinching and spreading Pinch two fingers to zoom out such as on a photo or map. To zoom in, spread your fingers apart. Do not expose the touch screen to excessive physical shock. You might damage the touch sensor. A touch screen failure may occur if you use the device near a magnetic, metallic or conductive material. If you use the device under bright lights, such as direct sunlight, the screen may not be visible, depending on your position. Use the device in a shady location or a location with an ambient light that is not too bright and bright enough to read books. Do not press the screen with excessive force. Gently tap with your fingertip on the option you want. Touch control may not work properly if you tap while wearing a glove or by using the tip of your fingernail. Touch control may not work properly if the screen is moist or wet. The touch screen may not function properly if a screen-protective film or accessory purchased from a third party store is attached to the device. Displaying a static image for extended periods of time may result in after-images or screen burn-in. Turn off the screen or avoid displaying the same image for a long time when you do not use the device. Basic Functions 40 Home screen Home screen overview The Home screen is the starting point for accessing various functions and apps on your device. Swipe up from the bottom edge of any screen to directly go to the Home screen. You can manage all apps and widgets on the Home screen. Swipe the screen left or right to view all installed apps at a glance. Home screen layout You can view all apps and organise widgets and folders on the Home screen. The Home screen may differ depending on the manufacturer policy, user settings, software version or service provider. Basic Functions 41 Status bar: View status icons, the time and the battery level. Weather widget: View the information of weather and time for a Google Search widget: Type or speak to pull open Google Search. Folder: You can create folders to classify the app based on desired specific area. criteria. Page icon: Display the total number of Home screen canvases. You can tap the desired page icon to go to the page you selected. The icon reflecting the current canvas will be highlighted. Quick access area: Fix main apps at the bottom of the screen so that they can be accessed from any Home screen canvas. Navigation bar: You can go to the previous screen or home screen while using the app, and check the list of apps you used recently. Using Navigation bar Here is the gestures guide to control the Navigation bar. To go to Home screen, swipe up from the bottom edge of the screen. To go back to the previous screen, swipe in from the left or right edge of the screen. the screen. To go to Overview screen, swipe up and hold from the bottom edge of To quickly switch between apps, swipe right at the bottom edge of the screen to go to previously used apps. Gestures is the default for the Navigation bar. To change it to Buttons

only Navigation bar, then select Buttons only.

, on the home screen, tap Settings

Display Basic Functions 42 Status icons When there is a notification for an unread message, calendar event or alarm, the status bar displays the corresponding notification icon. Check your devices status by viewing notification icons displayed on the status bar. Data is being transmitted over the network Connected to a computer via USB No signal Alarm is set Vibrate mode is on Bluetooth is on Battery level Airplane mode is on Missed calls Wi-Fi is connected Mute mode is on GPS is on Hotspot is on No SIM card Some of these icons may appear differently or may not appear at all, depending on the device's status. Refer to the icons according to the actual environment and area in which you are using the device and your service provider. Displayed icons may vary, depending on the area or service provider. Basic Functions 43 Notifications panel You can open the notifications panel by dragging the status bar downward on the main screen. You can drag down the notice window or tap the arrow icon to open the list of quick setting icons. You can tap If you touch and hold the icon, the settings screen for the to add, delete or arrange icons in the notice window. corresponding function appears. You can use the notifications panel even on the lock screen. Drag the notifications panel while the screen is locked to quickly access the desired features. Basic Functions 44 Switching the screen orientation You can set the screen orientation to automatically switch according to the devices physical orientation. On the notification panel, tap Rotation from the quick access icon list. You can also tap Settings the home screen. Display and activate Auto-rotate screen on Editing the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold on an empty space, then select the desired action from below. To rearrange the Home screen canvases, touch and hold on a canvas, then drag it to another location. To add a widget to the Home screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Widgets. To change wallpapers and themes, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Wallpaper & theme. You can also tap Settings then select wallpapers and themes to apply to the device. Wallpaper & theme on the home screen, Basic Functions 45 To change the grid, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Grid. Tap the desired grid, then tap Apply. To configure the Home screen settings, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select Home screen settings. See Home screen settings for details. To view or reinstall the uninstalled apps, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, then select App trash. See App trash for details. To change the default screen, touch and hold on a blank area of the Home screen, move to desired screen, tap more.

, then tap the screen once Basic Functions 46 Viewing the background theme You can view only the background image by hiding the apps and widgets on the Home screen. Spread two fingers apart on the Home screen. To return to the original screen, which displays apps and widgets, pinch from the bottom edge your fingers on the Home screen or drag up of the screen. Moving apps on the Home screen On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to another location. To keep frequently used apps at the bottom of the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it to the quick access area at the bottom. To remove an icon from the quick access area, drag the icon to the Home screen. Basic Functions 47 Using folders from the Home screen Creating folders On the Home screen, touch and hold an app, then drag it over another app. A new folder is created and the apps are added to the folder. Editing folders On the Home screen, tap a folder and do one of the following actions. To edit the folder name tap the folder name. To edit the colour, tap the right upper circle. To add apps, touch and hold an app, then drag it over the folder and release it. To remove an app from the folder, touch and hold the app and drag it to outside the folder. If the removed app is the only one app that existed in the folder, the folder is removed automatically. You can also add or remove apps after tapping

. You cannot change the folder colour while using downloaded theme. Basic Functions 48 Home screen settings You can customise the Home screen settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings 2 Customise the following settings:

Display Home screen. Select Home: Select a Home screen mode. Wallpaper: Change the Home screen background wallpaper. Screen swipe effect: Select an effect to apply when the Home screen canvas switches. Icon shape: Choose if you want icons to have square or rounded corners. screen. Google feed: Show to the left of the main Home screen. Sort apps by: Set how apps are sorted on the Home screen. Hide apps: Select which apps you want to hide from the Home Loop Home screen: Enable to allow continuous Home screen scrolling (loop back to first screen after the last screen). Swipe down on the Home screen: Enable to search apps or contents, or view notifications by swiping down on the home screen. Home screen lock: Enable to prevent apps and widgets from being rearranged or removed. Basic Functions 49 Screen lock Screen lock overview Your devices screen turns off and locks itself if you press the Power/Lock key. This also happens after the device is left idle for a specified period of time. If you press the Power/Lock key when a screen lock is not set, the Home screen appears immediately. To ensure security and prevent unwanted access to your device, set a screen lock. A screen lock prevents unnecessary touch input on the device screen and reduces battery consumption. We recommend that you activate the screen lock while not using the device. Setting a screen lock There are several options available for configuring the screen lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Select screen lock and then select the method you prefer. 2 Customise the following settings:

None: Deactivate the screen lock function. Swipe: Swipe on the screen to unlock the screen. Pattern: Draw a pattern to unlock the screen. PIN: Enter a numeric password to unlock the screen. Password: Enter an alphanumeric password to unlock the screen. Fingerprints: Unlock the screen by using your fingerprint. Basic Functions 50 Customise Lock screen You can customise lock screen. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Customize Lock screen. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Wallpaper: Allow you to set the background for your Lock screen. Clock: Allow you to set where to position the clock on the Lock screen. Shortcuts: Allow you to choose apps to run on your Lock screen. This setting appears only when a screen lock is set. Contact info for lost phone: Allow you to set text to be displayed on the Lock screen to identify the phones owner. Secure lock settings You can set secure lock settings. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings lock settings. 2 Select a function you want to set. Lock screen & security Secure Make pattern visible (shown only when Pattern is set as a screen lock): Turn on to make pattern visible. Lock timer: Allow you to set the amount of time before the screen automatically locks after the backlight turns off (time-out due to inactivity). Power key instantly locks: Enable this option to instantly lock the screen when the Power/Lock key is pressed. This setting overrides the Security Lock timer setting. Show lockdown option (shown only when a screen lock is set):

Enable this option to display the Lockdown icon when you press and hold the Power/Lock button. Tap the Lockdown icon to turn off Smart Lock, biometric unlocking, and notifications on the lock screen. Basic Functions 51 Smart Lock: Allow you to set trusted devices, places, voice, and/or on-body detection that will allow your phone to remain unlocked. Available menu options may vary depending on the lock screen method selected. KnockON You can turn the screen on or off by double-tapping the screen. This option is available only on the Home screen provided by LG. It may not function properly on a custom launcher or on the Home screen installed by the user. When tapping the screen, use your fingertip. Do not use a fingernail. To use the KnockON feature, make sure that the proximity/light sensor is not blocked by a sticker or any other foreign substance. Turning the screen on Double-tap the middle of the screen. Tapping the top or bottom of the screen may decrease the recognition rate. Turning the screen off Double-tap on an empty space on the Home screen and Lock screen. You can also double-tap an empty space on the status bar. Disable KnockON If you dont want to use the KnockON function, set as follows:

On the home screen, tap Settings to disable the function. Extensions KnockON and drag it Basic Functions 52 Memory card encryption You can encrypt and protect data saved on the memory card. The encrypted data in the memory card cannot be accessed from another device. 1 On the home screen, tap Settings Lock screen & security Encryption & credentials Encrypt SD card. 2 Read the on-screen overview of memory card encryption and then tap Continue to continue. 3 Select an option and tap Encrypt now. New data encryption: Encrypt only data that is saved on the memory card after encryption. Full encryption: Encrypt all the data currently saved on the memory card. Exclude media files: Encrypt all files, except for media files such as music, photos and videos. Once memory card encryption starts, some functions are not available. If the device is turned off while encryption is underway, the encryption process will fail, and some data may be damaged. Therefore, be sure to check if the battery level is sufficient before starting encryption. Encrypted files are accessible only from the device where the files were encrypted. The encrypted memory card cannot be used on another LG device. To use the encrypted memory card on another mobile device, format the card. You can activate memory card encryption even when no memory card is installed into the device. Any memory card that is installed after encryption will automatically be encrypted. Basic Functions 53 Taking screenshots You can take screenshots of the current screen you are viewing. Via a shortcut Press and hold the Power/Lock key and the Volume Down key at the same time for at least two seconds. Screenshots can be viewed from the Screenshots folder in the Gallery. Via Screenshot On the screen where you want to take a screenshot, drag the status bar downwards, then tap

. See Writing notes on a screenshot for details. Content sharing Playing content from another device You can play photos, videos or songs saved on your device from a TV. 1 Connect the TV and your device to the same Wi-Fi network. 2 While viewing the items in the Gallery or Music app, tap Play on other device. 3 Select the TV you want to connect to. For use with Chromecast, Google Play services should be up to date. Basic Functions 54 Viewing content from nearby devices You can view content from various devices, such as a computer, NAS or mobile device, by using the Gallery or Music apps. Connecting the devices Connect both your device and another device that support DLNA function to the same wireless network. Make sure that File sharing (DLNA) is activated on both the device and the connected device. Searching for nearby devices You can view a list of DLNA devices on the same network by selecting the Nearby devices menu in each app. Use content from nearby devices as if you were using it on your device. Sending or receiving files You can share files between your device and another LG device, or a tablet. Sending files From the Gallery or other apps, tap on the file sharing list. Share or

, then select a device Receiving files Drag the status bar downward and then tap File sharing. If your device does not support the file sharing feature, on the home screen, tap Settings Beam Connected devices File sharing

. SmartShare Make sure that your device is connected to the same wireless network as the file transfer target device. Make sure that File sharing is activated on both devices. Basic Functions 55 Do not disturb You can limit or mute notifications to avoid disturbances for a specific period of time. On the home screen, tap Settings Mode and select the mode you want:

Do not disturb. Sound

- Priority only: Receive sound or vibrate notifications for the selected apps. Even when Priority only is turned on, alarms still sound.

- Total silence: Disable both the sound and vibration. Select priorities: Receive alarms and the notifications for the selected apps.

- Calls from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a call. Repeated calls: Second call from the same caller within 15 min is not silenced. message.

- Messages from: Set up a range of notifications when receiving a Use Do not disturb: Turn on the Do not disturb feature. Sleeping: Set the schedule for which you want to turn on the Do not disturb feature. Help: View the help for Do not disturb. Basic Functions 56 03 Useful Apps Installing and uninstalling apps Installing apps Access an app store to search and download apps. You can use SmartWorld, Play Store or the app store provided by your service provider. Some app stores may require you to create an account and sign in. Some apps may charge fees. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. SmartWorld may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. Uninstalling apps Uninstall apps that you no longer use from your device. Uninstalling with the touch and hold gesture Press and hold any empty area on the screen, and then press app you want to delete. of the Uninstalling by using the settings menu On the home screen, tap Settings tap Uninstall. Apps App info, select an app, then Some apps cannot be uninstalled by users. Uninstalling apps from the app store To uninstall an app, access the app store from which you download the app and uninstall it. Useful Apps 58 Installing and uninstalling apps during the setup When you turn on the device for the first time, you can download recommended apps. You can skip to the next step without installation. App trash You can view the uninstalled apps. You can also reinstall apps which were uninstalled within 24 hours from now. 1 On the home screen, tap Management App trash. You can also touch and hold an empty area of the Home screen, then tap App trash. 2 Activate the desired function:

Restore: Reinstall the selected app.

: Remove the uninstalled apps permanently from the device. Uninstalled apps are automatically removed from the device 24 hours after they were uninstalled. If you want to reinstall the uninstalled apps, you must download them again from the app store. This feature is activated on the default Home screen only. If you uninstall apps while using the EasyHome screen or other launcher, they are immediately and permanently removed from the device. Useful Apps 59 App Shortcuts On the Home screen, touch and hold an app icon such as Call, Message, Camera, Gallery and Settings to display a quick access menu. Use apps more easily through App Shortcuts. Tap Tap to set the widgets for the app. to check the app information. This feature is available only on some apps. Useful Apps 60 Phone Voice call Make a phone call by using one of the available methods, such as manually entering a phone number and making a call from the contact list or the list of recent calls. Making a call from the keypad 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Make a call by using a method of your choice:

Dial. Enter a phone number and tap Touch and hold a speed dial number. Search for a contact by tapping the initial letter of a contact name in the contact list, and then tap

. To enter "+" when making an international call, touch and hold number See Adding contacts for details on how to add phone numbers to the 0. speed dial list. Making Calls from Contacts 1 On the home screen, tap 2 After selecting the number you want to call from the list of contacts, Contacts. tap

. Useful Apps 61 Answering a call To answer a call, drag When the stereo headset is connected, you can make calls by using the on the incoming call screen. call/end button on the headset. To end a call without turning off the screen, on the home screen, tap Answer and end calls and Network & internet Settings then activate End call with the Power key. Call On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Answer and end calls End call with the Power key, you can end a call by pressing the Lock/Power key while the call-in-process screen is turned on. Rejecting a call To reject an incoming call, drag across the incoming call screen. To send a rejection message, drag the rejection message option across the screen. To add or edit a rejection message, on the home screen, tap Settings Call blocking & Decline with message. Network & internet Call When a call is coming in, press the Volume Up, Volume Down or Power/

Lock key to mute ringtone or vibration, or to hold the call. Checking an incoming call while using an app When a call comes in while using an app, a pop-up notification can be displayed at the top of the screen. You can receive the call, reject the call, or send message from the pop-up screen. On the home screen, tap Settings Network & internet Call Additional settings desired way you would like to display the incoming call while using an app. Incoming voice call pop-up and then select the Useful Apps 62 Viewing missed calls If there is a missed call, the status bar at the top of the screen displays To view missed call details, drag the status bar downwards. You can also tap Call logs on the home screen. Functions accessible during a call During a call, you can access a variety of functions by tapping the on-screen buttons:

Contacts: View the contact list during a call. Hold: Place the current call on hold. Dialpad: Display or hide the dial pad. Speaker: Turn on the speakerphone function. Mute: Mute your voice so that your voice cannot be heard by the other Bluetooth: Switch the call to a Bluetooth device that is paired and party. connected.

: End a call.

: Access additional call options. Available settings items may vary depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 63 Making a three-way calling You can make a call to another contact during a call. 1 During a call, tap Add call. 2 Enter a phone number and tap

. first call is put on hold. 3 To start a conference call, tap Merge calls. The two calls are displayed on the screen at the same time, and the You may be charged a fee for each call. Consult with your service provider for more information. Viewing call records To view recent call records, on the home screen, tap you can use the following functions:

To view detailed call records, select a contact. To make a call to the Call logs. Then, selected contact, tap

. To delete call records, tap Delete. The displayed call duration may differ from the call charge. Consult with your service provider for more information. The deleted call history can not be restored. Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to adjust the font size of call logs or contacts. Configuring call options You can configure various call options. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap preferences. Dial or Call logs. Call settings and then configure the options to suit your Useful Apps 64 Messaging Sending a message You can create and send messages to your contacts using the Messaging app. Sending messages abroad may incur additional charges. Consult with your service provider for more information. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap 3 Specify a recipient and create a message. To use multimedia options, tap To access optional menu items, tap

. 4 Tap to send the message. Reading a message You can view exchanged messages organised by contact. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select a contact from the message list. While on the message list or chat window, you can adjust the font size by placing two fingers on the screen and either widening or narrowing the fingers. Useful Apps 65 Configuring messaging settings You can change messaging settings to suit your preferences. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Tap Settings from the message list. You can designate settings for the notice window, blocking calls, disaster alert, multimedia messages, etc. Camera Starting the camera You can take a photo or record a video to cherish all of your memorable moments. On the home screen, tap

. Before taking a photo or recording a video, wipe the camera lens with a soft cloth. Be careful not to stain the camera lens with your fingers or other foreign substance. Images included in this user guide may be different from the actual device. Photos and videos can be viewed or edited from the Gallery. See Gallery overview for details. elses privacy or rights. Refrain from using the product for a purpose that may violate someone Useful Apps 66 Taking a photo You can take photos with the camera in the product. 1 Tap and focus on the subject. You can touch the subject to focus on. You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out. 2 Tap to take a photo. You can also press the Volume Down or Volume Up key to take a photo. screen. You can take a photo while recording a video by pressing on the The options displayed on the shooting screen may differ depending on the selected camera (front or rear) and camera mode. The camera will turn off automatically if you do not use it for a while after running the Camera app. You can run the camera app by short-pressing the power key twice. On Shortcuts and then tap Extensions the home screen, tap Settings Open Camera to activate it. When the screen is turned off or locked, start the camera by pressing the Volume Down key twice. On the home screen, tap Settings Extensions Shortcuts and then tap Open Camera to activate it. Useful Apps 67 Customising the camera options You can customise a variety of camera options to suit your preferences. Tap on the screen. Available options vary depending on the selected camera (front or rear camera) and the selected camera mode. Photo size Select values for aspect ratio and size for taking photos. HDR Grid Obtain photos in vivid colours and get compensated effects even when they are taken against the light. These functions are provided by the high dynamic range (HDR) technology equipped in the camera. Display guide grids so that you can take photos or record videos based on the horizontal and vertical reference lines. Cheese shutter Allows you to take a photo by saying Cheese, Smile, Whiskey, Kimchi, or LG. Tag locations Save the image with GPS location data. Storage Select if you want to store the pictures and videos in the Internal storage or SD card. (Available when a memory card is inserted.) Help Provide Help for each camera menu. Useful Apps 68 Additional options on the front camera Selfie distortion correction Corrects distorted parts of the face. Save as flipped Saves as flipped images when taking a selfie. Selfie shot Take a selfie by selecting its option between Gesture shot and Auto shot. You can apply the make-up effect when taking a selfie using the front camera. Gesture shot is taken by recognizing the shape of a hand and Auto shot is taken by recognizing a face. Mode Selection You can conveniently select from the modes displayed on the screen which are selected to suit the shooting environment. Tap or right to select a camera mode. and swipe the camera modes left or right, or swipe the screen left Useful Apps 69 Using camera modes Recording a video 1 Tap 2 Tap to record a video. and select Video by swiping camera modes. To take a photo while recording a video, tap To pause the video recording, tap

. To resume the video recording, While recording a video, you may spread or pinch two fingers to While recording a video, you may tap the desired area to adjust the tap

. zoom in or out. brightness. 3 Tap to end the video recording. Useful Apps 70 Taking a photo Tap See Taking a photo for more details. and select Photo by swiping camera modes. Taking a photo with the AI feature When taking a photo, the AI feature recognises a subject and applies the optimum effect to the photo. Tap to deactivate the AI feature. Using additional camera modes Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. Macro You can take a close-up of a subject. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Useful Apps 71 Panorama You can create a panoramic photo by moving the camera in one direction to photograph and stitch continuous shots of a wide view. 1 Tap 2 Tap and select More by swiping camera modes. x1.0

. Select a zoom from

. 3 Tap 4 Tap and then slowly move the camera in one direction. to stop capturing the panoramic. When moving the camera in one direction, make sure that the screen you shoot is not out of the guide line. Useful Apps 72 Flash Jump-Cut Photos taken at a regular interval are saved as GIF files. 1 Tap 2 Tap

, then tap More to take a photo. Photos are taken every 3 seconds and saved as a GIF file. Tap take. on the screen to select the number of photos you want to While taking photos, tap to create GIF files with previously taken photos. The flash automatically turns on to act as a timer. The shots taken this time and the total number of shots are displayed at the bottom of the screen. All taken photos are saved as GIF files only. You may not change the GIF speed nor image order. YouTube Live You can record a video and directly upload to YouTube. To use this feature, you must meet the eligibility requirements. Contact YouTube for the requirements. 1 On the home screen, tap 2 Select More by swiping camera modes, then tap

. YouTube Live is available only when your device is connected to the Internet. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage, depending on your pricing plan. Useful Apps 73 Useful camera features Google Lens You can get more information or take action on items around you using Google Lens, like landmarks, posters, restaurant menus, animals, flowers, or barcodes, directly in the device. Auto-Exposure/Auto-Focus lock You can fix the current exposure level and focus position by touching and holding the screen in the Auto mode. To turn off the feature, tap a blank area on the screen. This feature is available only in specific modes. Useful Apps 74 Switching between cameras You can switch between the front and rear cameras to suit your environment. To switch between the front and rear cameras, swipe the screen up or down on the shooting screen in the Camera app. Use the front camera to take selfies. See Selfie shot for details. Zoom in or out You may spread or pinch two fingers to zoom in or out when you take photos or videos. Zoom in/out function is not available in the selfie mode (front camera). This function is not supported in a number of modes. Useful Apps 75 Using the Burst Shot You can take consecutive photos and view them as moving pictures in the Gallery. 1 Tap 2 Tap and hold and select Photo. Multiple, consecutive photos are taken while you are holding down

. Gesture shot You can take selfies by using gestures. Show your palm to the front camera and then clench your fist. You can also clench your fist and then open it towards the front camera. In three seconds, a photo is taken. To use this feature, switch to the front camera mode, then tap Make sure that your palm and fist are within the reference line so that This feature may not be available while using some of the camera Selfie shot Gesture shot. the camera can detect them. features. Useful Apps 76 Auto shot You can use the face detection feature to take selfies easily and conveniently. You can set the device so that, when you look at the screen, the front camera detects your face and takes a selfie automatically. The white coloured guide frame appears when the front camera detects your face. If the subject within the guide frame stops moving, the guide frame colour turns yellow, then the camera takes a photo. Tap Selfie shot Auto shot to enable the Auto shot feature. Interval shot You can take selfies at an interval. While using the front camera, you can show your palm to the camera, then clench your fist twice quickly. Four photos are taken at regular intervals after a timer delay of three seconds. Save as flipped Before taking a photo with the front camera, tap The image is flipped horizontally. Save as flipped. When using the front camera, you can change how selfies are taken in the camera options. See Customising the camera options for details. Selfie shot You can use the front camera to view your face on the screen and take selfies. 1 Tap 2 Tap 3 Tap and select Photo by swiping camera modes. to switch to the front camera. to take photos. Tap to apply various beauty effects. Useful Apps 77 Gallery Gallery overview You can view and manage photos and videos saved on your device. Viewing photos You can view the photos saved to the product. 1 Tap 2 Tap a desired photo. and select a desired folder. The Gallery folder contains Photos, Albums, Memories and Play. Details menu appears when the screen is lightly touched. Touching the screen once again makes the menu disappear. Useful Apps 78 Playing a video You can view the videos saved to the product. To adjust the sound volume, drag the right side of the video screen up To adjust the screen brightness, drag the left side of the screen up or or down. down. Dragging the screen to the left on the video play screen allows you to rewind (REW) and dragging to the right allows you to fast forward (FF). Useful Apps 79 Deleting files You can delete files by using one of the following options:

Touch and hold a file from the file list, then tap Delete. Deleted files are automatically moved to restored to the Gallery within 7 days. Trash and they can be Tap to completely delete the files. In this case, the files cannot be restored. Sharing files You can share files by using one of the following options:

While viewing photo or video, tap to share the file by using the method you want. If you take photos or videos after you tap

, the location-specific memories album is automatically created after a certain time under the Memories tab of Gallery. Tag locations Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Some files may not be opened due to encoding. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. You need to activate the GPS feature to create Memory albums. Useful Apps 80 Creating a movie You can create a new movie by putting images and videos together. 1 Tap 2 Select images or videos for your movie and tap Create movie. 3 Edit the selected images and videos and then tap Save. Create movie. and select A maximum of 50 videos can be used to create a movie. Useful Apps 81 Making a GIF You can easily make a GIF file using recorded video. Tap Making a GIF. and select Creating video 1 At the desired starting point while watching a video, tap 2 Select the length of the GIF you want to create. GIF is generated for the time selected from the specified starting point. For videos that are less than 5 seconds, GIF images are automatically generated for the remaining time. Creating GIF Photographs 1 In the photograph list in the Gallery, tap 2 Select a picture to turn into a GIF photograph, and then tap Create Create GIF. GIF. You can add/delete a photograph, adjust the speed or screen ratio, and set the photograph order. Creating GIF photographs is a function provided for the user to produce creative images. Violating rights such as intellectual property right or defaming the reputation of another person by using the creating GIF photographs function may lead to a civil or criminal liability in accordance with the related laws. Be cautious not to copy or transmit another persons work without authorization. LG Electronics is not liable in any way for such acts by users. You can select up to 100 photographs to produce when you create a GIF. Useful Apps 82 Contacts Contacts overview You can save and manage contacts. On the home screen, tap Essentials Contacts. Adding contacts Adding new contacts 1 On the contact list screen, tap

. Select the location you want. 2 Enter contact details and tap Save. A pop-up appears for selecting the saving location for contact. Importing contacts You can import contacts from another storage device. 1 On the contact list screen, tap 2 Select the source and target locations of the contact you want to Manage contacts Import. import, and then tap OK. 3 Select the contacts and tap Import. Adding contacts to the speed dial list 1 On the contact list screen, tap Speed dial. 2 Tap Add contact from a speed dial number. 3 Select a contact. While adding a new contact, tap to add a speed dial number. Useful Apps 83 Searching for contacts You can search for contacts by using one of the following options:

Tap the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and enter the desired contact or phone number you want to search for. Scroll the contact list up or down. From the index of the contact list screen, tap the initial letter of a contact. Pressing the search bar at the top of the Contacts screen and entering a contact or phone number brings up the integrated search results from the call history and contacts list saved onto the product. Contacts list Editing contacts 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap 3 Tap Save to save changes. and edit details. Deleting contacts You can delete contacts by using one of the following options:

On the contact list screen, touch and hold a contact you want to delete, then tap

. Tap Delete on the contact list screen. Deleted contacts may not be restored. Useful Apps 84 Adding favourites You can register frequently used contacts as favourites. 1 On the contact list screen, select a contact. 2 On the contact detail screen, tap

. Creating groups 1 On the contacts group list, tap 2 Enter a new group name. 3 Tap Add members, select contacts, then tap Add. 4 Tap Save to save the new group. QuickMemo+

QuickMemo+ overview You can make creative notes by using a variety of options on this advanced notepad feature, such as image management and screenshots, which are not supported by the conventional notepad. This device supports the Active Pen AES2.0 (Active Electrostatic). QuickMemo+. Creating a note 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap to create a note.

: Save a note.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Enter a note by using the keypad.

: Save your favorite pen types.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes. Useful Apps 85

: Access additional options. 3 Tap to save the note. Writing notes on a screenshot 1 While viewing the screen you want to capture, drag the status bar downwards and then tap The screen is captured and displayed as a thumbnail on the right

. bottom of the screen. 2 To write notes on the screen, tap 3 Write notes using the tools.

: Zoom in or out, or adjust the area to capture.

: Write notes by hand.

: Erase handwritten notes.

: Undo the previous edit.

: Redo the recently deleted edits.

: Crop the screen as you desire. 4 Tap and save the notes. Saved notes can be viewed in Gallery. Useful Apps 86 Additional features after capturing a screenshot You can capture the entire screen by using the scroll capture feature. While using an app such as Messaging and Chrome, drag the notifications panel downwards and then tap to capture the entire screen you are currently viewing as a single file. This feature is available only on some apps that support the scroll

. Then, tap Pinch two fingers or spread your fingers apart to change the memo capture feature. layout. Useful Apps 87 Clock Alarm You can set an alarm to trigger it at a specified time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap 3 Configure the alarm settings and tap Save. to add a new alarm. Clock Alarm. If you select a previously set alarm, you can edit the alarm. To delete an alarm, tap touch and hold the alarm. Delete at the top of the screen. You can also World clock You can view the current time in cities around the world. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap and add a city. Clock World clock. Timer You can set the timer to trigger an alarm after a specified period of time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Set the time and tap Start. Timer. Clock To suspend the timer, tap Pause. To resume the timer, tap Resume. 3 Tap Stop to stop the timer alarm. Useful Apps 88 Stopwatch You can use the stopwatch to record a lap time. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Start to initiate the stopwatch. Clock To record a lap time, tap Lap. 3 Tap Pause to suspend the stopwatch. Stopwatch. To resume the stopwatch, tap Resume. To clear all the records and restart the stopwatch, tap Reset. Calculator You can use two types of calculators: the simple calculator and the scientific calculator. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Use the keypad to make a calculation. Calculator. If you want to calculate from the beginning, tap and hold

. Useful Apps 89 Music You can play and manage songs or music albums. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Select a category. 3 Select a music file. Music. Some file formats may not be supported, depending on the installed software. Files that exceed the size limit may cause an error. Music files may be protected by international copyright owners or copyright laws. You may have to obtain legal permission before copying a music file. To download or copy a music file, first check the copyright law for the relevant country. This model supports Hi-Fi audio playback. Hi-Fi audio files display the Hi-Fi icon. If you set the flashlight, flashlight blinks to fit the music being played. Useful Apps 90 ThinQ You can easily connect the product with IoT appliances to monitor and conveniently use the appliances. On the home screen, tap Essentials ThinQ. Washing machine, dryer, styler, dishwasher, oven, and robot cleaner can only be registered when the product is in the standby mode. Look for the ThinQ mark on the product to see if it can be connected to ThinQ app. Tap to check various function of the ThinQ app. FM Radio You can listen to FM radio. On the home screen, tap Essentials FM Radio. To use this app, first connect earphones to the device. The earphones function as the radio antenna. This function may not be supported depending on the area. Useful Apps 91 Audio Recorder You can record and save your voice or others voices from important events. Recorded voice files can be played back or shared. 1 On the home screen, tap Essentials 2 Tap Audio Recorder. To pause recording, tap

. 3 Tap to end the recording. 4 Tap to play the recorded voice. The file is saved automatically and the recorded files screen appears. Tap to view the recorded files. You can play a recorded voice file from the list. Game Launcher You can set whether to use the game launcher where you can view the list of games installed on the product and select game settings such as muting media volume, limiting alerts, etc. 1 On the home screen, tap Game Launcher. 2 Select the desired option. Useful Apps 92 Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the home screen, tap Management Smart Doctor. LG Mobile Switch Easily transfer data from a used device to a new device via LG Mobile Switch. 1 On the home screen, tap Management LG Mobile Switch. You can also tap Settings LG Mobile Switch. If the app is not installed on the product, download and install the System Backup LG Mobile Switch app from the Google Play Store. 2 Follow the on-screen instructions to select a desired method for transfer. Data in a Google Account will not be backed up. When you synchronise your Google Account, Google apps, Google contacts, Google Calendar, Google memo app data and apps downloaded from the Play Store are stored on the Drive app automatically. Fully charge the battery before transferring data to avoid unintentional powering off during the process. App trash You can see the list of apps deleted on the home screen. The app that was deleted within the last 24 hours can be recovered. On the home screen, tap Management For more details, refer to App trash. App trash. Useful Apps 93 RemoteCall Service Your device can be remotely diagnosed for resolving issues. First, make a phone call to an LG Customer Service Centre as follows:

To use this function, first you must agree to usage of the function. If you use mobile data, you may be charged for data usage depending on your pricing plan. 1 On the home screen, tap Services 2 Connect a call to an LG Customer Service Centre. 3 After the call connects, follow the service associates instructions to RemoteCall Service. enter a six-digit access number. Your device is remotely connected and the remote support service starts. Cell Broadcast You can view real-time text broadcasts on emergency situations, such as typhoons, floods and earthquakes. On the home screen, tap Services Cell Broadcast. Google apps You can use Google apps by setting a Google Account. The Google Account registration window appears automatically when you use a Google app for the first time. If you do not have a Google Account, create one from your device. For details on how to use an app, see the Help in the app. Some apps may not work depending on the area or service provider. Useful Apps 94 Calendar The Calendar app allows you to track your schedule of events (that you created), organised by Day, 3-day, Week or Month. Chrome A fast, simple, and secure web browser, built for the modern web. Docs Docs is a collaborative, word-processing tool that powers productivity. Use Docs to create, edit and work together in real-time. Drive Drive is a file storage and sharing app that makes it easy to find, share and collaborate on work projects from anywhere, instantly. Gmail Gmail is an easy to use mail app that keeps your messages safe, makes your inbox smarter, and helps you stay organised. Google The Google app keeps you in the know about the things you care about. Find quick answers, explore your interests, and get a feed of stories and updates on topics that matter to you. Maps Going somewhere? Go with Maps, the app you can rely on for real-time GPS navigation, traffic, transit, and details about millions of places, such as reviews and popular times. Photos Home for all your photos and videos, automatically organised so you can share and save what matters. Useful Apps 95 Play Movies & TV Use your Google Account to rent or purchase movies. Purchase content and play it anywhere. YT Music A new music streaming service from YouTube. Sheets Sheets is a collaborative spreadsheet processing tool that powers productivity. Use Sheets to import, organise and analyse information together in real-time. Slides Google Slides is a collaborative presentation creation tool that powers productivity. Use Slides to organise information, present results, and make decisions together in real-time. YouTube Watch your favourite channels, listen to music you love, and upload videos to share with people around the world. Assistant Your device has the Google Assistant built-in. Find answers and get things done while on-the-go. To get started, just tap the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone or touch and hold the home button of the phone. The Google Assistant is not available in certain languages and countries. Files You can view and manage files saved on your device. Useful Apps 96 04 Settings Settings You can customise the device settings in accordance with your preferences. On the home screen, tap Settings. If you enter a keyword on the search window at the top of the screen, you can conveniently run the items that need to be set. Network & internet Dual SIM card You can configure Dual SIM settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following functions:

Dual SIM Card. SIM card 1: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 1. SIM card 2: Change the name and icon of the SIM card 2. SIM card color theme: Change the colour themes for the SIM cards. Cost save mode: Activate or deactivate the cost save mode. In the cost save mode, if you make a call to a contact to which a specific SIM is assigned, this SIM is used for the call even if the other SIM is active, for example, it is using mobile data. Mobile data: Select a SIM card you want to use for mobile data service. You can also turn off this function. Data roaming: Select this option to enable the device to use mobile data when you are roaming outside your home network area. Mobile data during calls: Access mobile data using the nondefault data SIM card temporarily during an HD voice call with the same card. Settings 98 Wi-Fi You can connect to nearby devices over a Wi-Fi network. Connecting to a Wi-Fi network 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Available Wi-Fi networks appear automatically. Wi-Fi. 3 Select a network. You may need to enter the networks Wi-Fi password. The device skips this process for previously accessed Wi-Fi networks. If you do not want to automatically connect to a certain Wi-Fi network, tap the network and then tap Forget. Wi-Fi network settings On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Switch to mobile data: If the mobile data connection function is activated but the device cannot connect to the Internet via Wi-Fi connection, the device automatically connects to the Internet via the mobile data connection. Wi-Fi. This feature depends on the service provider.

: Customise Wi-Fi network settings. Wi-Fi Direct You can connect your device to other devices that support Wi-Fi Direct to share data directly with them. You do not need an access point. You can connect with more than two devices by using Wi-Fi Direct. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Wi-Fi Advanced Wi-Fi Nearby devices that support Wi-Fi Direct automatically appear. Wi-Fi Direct. Settings 99 2 Select a device. Connection occurs when the device accepts the connection request. The battery may drain faster when using Wi-Fi Direct. Mobile data You can turn mobile data on and off. You can also manage mobile data usage. Turning on mobile data 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap to activate it. Customising mobile data settings 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile data. Mobile data. Mobile data: Set to use data connections on mobile networks. Limit mobile data usage: Set a limit for mobile data usage to block mobile data if the limit is reached.

: Customise mobile data settings. Data usage volume is measured based on the product, and the volume calculated by your mobile provider may be different. Settings 100 Call You can customise call settings, such as voice call and international call options. Some features may not be supported depending on the area or service provider. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the settings. Call. Tethering USB tethering You can connect the device to another device via USB and share mobile data. 1 Connect your device and other devices via USB cable. 2 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering USB tethering and then tap to activate it. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. When connecting to a computer, download the USB driver from www.lg.com and install it on the computer. You cannot send or receive files between your device and a computer while USB tethering is turned on. Turn off USB tethering to send or receive files. Operating systems that support tethering are Window XP or higher, or Linux. Settings 101 Wi-Fi hotspot You can set the device as a wireless router so that other devices can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Wi-Fi hotspot and then tap to activate it. 2 Tap Set up Wi-Fi hotspot, and enter the Wi-Fi name (SSID) and password. 3 Turn on Wi-Fi on the other device, and select the name of the device network on the Wi-Fi list. 4 Enter the network password. This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#wifi Wi-Fi hotspot turn off timer When the Wi-Fi hotspot has not been used for a specific period of time, it is automatically disconnected. You can set the time for automatic disconnection. Bluetooth tethering A Bluetooth-connected device can connect to the Internet by using your devices mobile data. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Bluetooth tethering and then tap to activate it. 2 Turn on Bluetooth on both devices and pair them. Settings 102 This option uses mobile data and may incur data usage fees, depending on your pricing plan. Consult with your service provider for more information. More information is available at this web site:

http://www.android.com/tether#Bluetooth_tethering Help You can view help on using tethering and hotspots. On the settings screen, tap Network & internet Tethering Help. Airplane mode You can turn off the call and mobile data functions. When this mode is on, functions that do not involve data, such as games and music playback, remain available. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap Turn on in the confirmation screen. Airplane mode. Mobile networks You can customise the mobile networks settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Customise the following settings:

Mobile networks. Network mode: Select a network type. Access Point Names: View or change the access point for using mobile data services. To change the access point, select a choice from the access point list. Network operators: Search for network operators and connect automatically to a network. Settings 103 VPN You can connect to a safe virtual network, such as an intranet. You can also manage connected virtual private networks. Adding VPN 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Tap

. VPN. This feature is available only when the screen lock is activated. If the screen lock is deactivated, a notification screen appears. Tap Change from the notification screen to activate the screen lock. See Setting a screen lock for details. 3 Enter VPN details and tap Save. Configuring VPN settings 1 Tap a VPN from the VPNS list. 2 Enter the VPN user account details and tap Connect. To save the account details, select the Save account information checkbox. Private DNS You can configure the Private DNS (Domain Name System) options. 1 On the settings screen, tap Network & internet 2 Select the desired option and tap Save. Private DNS. Settings 104 Connected devices Bluetooth You can connect your device to nearby devices that support Bluetooth to exchange data with them. Connect your device to a Bluetooth headset and a keyboard. This makes it easier to control the device. Pairing with another device 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to activate it. Available devices appear automatically. To refresh the device list, tap

. Bluetooth. Only devices set as visible are displayed on the list. 3 Select a device from the list. 4 Follow the on-screen instructions to perform authentication. This step is skipped for previously accessed devices. Sending data via Bluetooth 1 Select a file. You can send multimedia files or contacts. Bluetooth. 2 Tap 3 Select a target device for the file. The file is sent as soon as the target device accepts it. File sharing processes may differ, depending on the file. Settings 105 Sharing panel You can share contents from Gallery, Music and File Manager with nearby devices. Also you can share the content with specific people in apps that work with Google Direct Share. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Tap to deactivate each option. Sharing panel. Nearby devices: You can display the nearby devices to which you can share contents on the Gallery, Music, and File Manager apps. Direct share: From an app which supports Google Direct Share, you can display an icon which allows you to share contents to specific people. File sharing You can send and receive files between your device and other LG devices or tablets. 1 On the settings screen, tap Connected devices 2 Customise the following settings:

K52: Change the device name. Save to: Set the destination folder to save files sent from other File sharing. devices in. Beam. File sharing: Permit receipt of files sent from other devices. SmartShare Beam: Share files with other devices via SmartShare Help: You can view help on sharing files. Settings 106 Printing You can connect your device to a Bluetooth printer and print photos or documents saved on the device. On the settings screen, tap Connected devices Tap Default Print Service to search for printers you can connect to. Or, Printing. tap Tap Add printer to manually add a printer. Add service to download the printer app you want. This is available only when the mobile network or the Bluetooth function is turned on. account. To down the printer app in Add service, first log on to your Google Sound Silent. You can customise sound, vibrate and notification settings. On the settings screen, tap Sound and customise the following settings:

Sound profile: Change the sound mode to Sound, Vibrate only, or Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items. Ringtone: Select a ringtone for incoming calls. Add or delete ringtones. Notification sound: Select a notification ringtone. Set music saved on the device as a notification ringtone. Ring with vibration: Set the device to vibrate and play a ringtone simultaneously. contact. ringtone. Ringtone ID: Create a ringtone for an incoming call from a particular Flash alert for incoming call: Set the flash to blink according to LG Settings 107 Do not disturb: Set the time, range and app type to receive notification messages. Receive notification messages only on particular days of the week. Sound quality and effects: Use the function to set the sound quality and effects while playing a song or video.

- Volume: Adjust the sound volume for various items.

- Normalize volume: Use the function to normalise the volumes of different sound sources.

- Equalizer: Use the function to adjust the equaliser settings.

- LG 3D Sound Engine: Use the function to play music or video in three-dimensional, immersive and vivid sound when earphones, speaker or other external audio devices are connected. See LG 3D Sound Engine for details. Vibration type: You can select the type of vibration when receiving Dialing keypad sound: Select the keypad sound effect. Touch sound: Select a sound effect for tapping an item. Screen lock sound: Select a sound effect when the screen is locked or calls. unlocked. Notifications You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications. 1 On the settings screen, tap Notifications. 2 Customise the settings as desired. Settings 108 Display You can customise detailed settings for each screen type. On the settings screen, tap Display and customise the following settings:

Home screen: Customise settings for the Home screen. See Home screen settings for details. Navigation bar: Set the style of the navigation bar with Gestures or Buttons only. you can also change the button combination when you set Buttons only as a style of the navigation bar. For details, see Using Navigation bar. Status bar: Set the color of the status bar on the top of the screen, or set the notification icon display and battery percentage display. Comfort view: Set the device to reduce amount of blue light on screen to reduce eye strain. the screen at night time. Night mode: You can apply a dimmed screen theme to avoid glare on Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Accent color: Change the point color for settings, menus, notification windows, etc. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Full screen apps: Adjust the screen size of apps. Brightness: Use the slide bar to change the devices screen brightness. To automatically adjust screen brightness according to ambient light intensity, tap the Auto switch. Auto: Set the device so that the screen brightness is automatically adjusted in accordance with the ambient light intensity. Screen timeout: Automatically turn off the screen when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically rotate the screen according to the devices orientation. Settings 109 Screen saver: Display a screen saver when the device is connected to the holder or charger. Select a screen saver type to display. One-handed screen: Make the screen size smaller to conveniently use the device with one hand. Drag the Home touch button at the bottom of the screen to the left or right. Wallpaper & theme You can select wallpaper, screen theme, icon style or AOD (Always-on Display) for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Wallpaper & theme. 2 Tap Wallpaper or Theme to customise the settings. Lock screen & security You can customise lock screen and security settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Lock screen & security. 2 Customise the settings. Google Play Protect: Scan your device daily for potentially harmful apps. Find My Device: Remotely track the device location. You can also protect your data securely if you lost your device. Security update: Check for software update and configure automatic installation settings. Select screen lock: Select the desired screen lock method. See Setting a screen lock for details. Customize Lock screen: Change the information displayed on the locked screen. Secure lock settings: Change the secure lock settings. Fingerprints: Use your fingerprint to unlock the screen or content. See Fingerprint recognition overview for details. Settings 110 Content lock: Allow you to set a lock type (password or pattern) for your Gallery files. Encryption & credentials: Configure the settings for SD card encryption and credentials.

- Encrypt SD card: Encrypt the memory card to prevent use on another device. See Memory card encryption for details.

- Credential protection: View the type of the storage where the security certificate will be saved.

- Trusted credentials: View your systems root CA certificates and user-installed CA certificates.

- User credentials: View and change secure certificate information stored on your device.

- Install from storage: Install a secure certificate from a storage.

- Clear credentials: Delete user-installed secure certificates and related credentials. Phone administrators: Allow privileges to restrict the control or use of the device to particular apps. Trust agents: View and use trust agents installed on the device. Screen pin: Fix the app screen so that only the currently active app can be used. Usage access: View details on usage of apps on the device. Settings 111 Privacy You can find and adjust all your privacy settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap Privacy. 2 Customise the settings. Permission manager: Allows you to check and change the permissions granted to the apps. Lock screen: Allows you to set notifications to show on the lock screen. Make passwords visible: Enable this option to briefly show each character of the password as you type it so you can see what youve entered. Auto-fill service from Google: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use the Google Autocomplete feature, or add a new service account. Google location history: Allows you to enable or disable Location History. When enabled, Google periodically stores and uses your phones most recent location data in connection with your Google Account. From the Location History screen, tap your location data. to view and/or manage Activity controls: Select activities and information which you want Ads: Allows you to check the advertising ID and set the personalised Google to save. ads. Usage & diagnostics: Enable this option to help improve the Android experience by automatically sending diagnostic, device, and app usage data to Google. Settings 112 Location You can check how your location information is shared and configure the permission to access your location information. On the settings screen, tap Location and set the desired function. Extensions Smart Doctor You can use Smart Doctor to diagnose the devices condition and optimise it. On the settings screen, tap Extensions Smart Doctor. Gaming You can configure settings for game tools, graphics and battery saving feature. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings:

Gaming. Game Launcher: Tap Game tools: You can run the function while playing games by touching the game tools icon among the home touch buttons. to use the game launcher. Game graphics: Adjust the game graphics. When you change the resolutions on some games, the screen display feature may not work properly. This function may not be available in certain game apps. Break time: Reduce the screen brightness and performance whenever you leave the game running for more than 5 minutes. Settings 113 Dual App You can install duplicate messenger apps on the product and use two accounts at the same time. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 After reading the disclaimer, tap Confirm. 3 In the list of available apps, tap Install to install a copy of a desired app Dual App. and follow the on-screen instructions. On the screen, the list of available dual apps is shown. During installation, app icons are generated on the home screen. Shortcuts You can use buttons such as the Lock/Power, Volume, and Google Assistant to run certain apps or functions right away. 1 On the settings screen, tap Extensions 2 Customise the following settings. Shortcuts. Open Camera: Press Power key twice to open Camera. Open Screen-off memo: Press Volume Up key twice to open Screen-off memo when the screen is locked or off. Open Camera: Press Volume Down key twice to open Camera when the screen is locked or off. Open Google Assistant: Press the Google Assistant key on the side of the phone. Talk to Google Assistant: Press and hold the Google Assistant key to quickly talk to your Assistant. Google Assistant does not support certain languages. Settings 114 KnockON Double-tap the screen to turn the screen on or off. See KnockON for details. Apps You can check a list of installed apps, and configure the settings for notifications, app permissions, and more. 1 On the settings screen, tap Apps. 2 Customise the settings. Battery You can view the current battery information or turn on power-saving mode. 1 On the settings screen, tap Battery. 2 Customise the following settings:

Battery usage: View the battery usage details. Adaptive battery: Allow you to save the battery by stopping apps running in the background. Background restrictions: Enable this option to restrict background apps to save the battery while using the device. Restricted apps for power saving may not work properly or may not send you notifications. Battery saver: Reduce battery consumption by cutting down some device settings, such as the display brightness, speed and vibration intensity. Power saving exclusions: Select apps to use without any functional limitation while in power saving or battery optimisation mode. Settings 115 Storage You can view and manage internal storage on the device or storage space of the memory card. 1 On the settings screen, tap Storage. 2 Customise the following settings:

Internal storage: View the total storage space and free space in the devices internal storage. View a list of apps in use and the storage capacity for each app. SD card: View the total storage space and free space in the memory card. This option appears only when a memory card is inserted. To unmount the memory card, tap

. Accounts You can add users to share your device and register a cloud account. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accounts. 2 Customise the settings. Digital Wellbeing & parental controls You can view the product use time and set the timer for each app. Also, you can manage the mobile phone use time by using the Sleep Preparation Mode and Focus Mode. Select Digital Wellbeing & parental controls on the settings screen and set the desired function. Settings 116 You can use Google settings to manage your Google apps and account settings. On the settings screen, tap Google. Google System Update centre You can check and install the latest version of the app or software provided by LG. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Update center. App Updates: Check if an app update is available. If available, you can install the update. Software Update: Check if a software update is available. If available, you can install the update. Language & keyboard You can customise language and keyboard settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Language & keyboard. Language: Select a language to apply for the device. Manage keyboards: You can change the products basic keyboard setting, set the use environments for LG Keyboard or other installed keyboards, and set the speech recognition function for Google Voice input. Also, you can set whether to display the keyboard button in the touch button area on the home screen so that you can quickly switch to another keyboard. Settings 117 Physical keyboard: Select to use the physical keyboard, or check keyboard shortcut keys. Spell Checker. Spell checker: Allows you to set various options for the Google Autofill service: Enable this option to enter your information saved in your account such as password, address, or credit card number with a single tap. You can also disable this option, use Google Autocomplete, or add a new service account. Text-to-speech output: Configure the settings for text-to-speech output. Pointer speed: Adjust the pointer speed of a mouse or trackpad. Reverse mouse buttons: Reverse the right mouse button to perform primary direct-manipulation actions. Date & time You can customise date and time settings for your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the settings. Date & time. Memory You can view the average amount of memory usage over a certain period of time and the memory occupied by an app. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Tap to set a time slot to retrieve data. Memory. Settings 118 Backup You can back up data saved on your device to another device or account. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Backup. LG Mobile Switch: Allow you to transfer data from an old LG device to your new LG device. See LG Mobile Switch for details. Backup & restore: Back up your device data or restore data to your device from a backup. Resetting your device may delete backup files saved in storage. Make sure to copy and store the important backup files to your PC. Google backup: Change Google drive backup settings. You can also check the backup account currently used, or add a new backup account. Restart & reset You can reset the device including network and app settings. 1 On the settings screen, tap System 2 Customise the following settings:

Restart & reset. Auto-restart: Automatically restart and optimise the phone at a to activate this feature. The device automatically set time. Tap restarts at a set time and optimise itself. Select a date and time for restart. Settings 119 You can set the device to restart itself once a week. The device automatically restarts in an hour from the preset time. Once the device restarts, notifications and badges are erased. Save important data before the preset time. The Auto-restart feature is not activated in the following situations:

When the screen is turned on, when the device is in use, when the battery level is 30% or less, or when the USIM card is locked.

- Depending on the telecommunication provider, the auto-restart function may or may not be available. Network settings reset: Reset Wi-Fi, Bluetooth and other network settings. data. Reset app preferences: Reset the settings for an app. The data saved in the app will not be deleted. Factory data reset: Reset all settings for the device and delete Restarting and resetting your device deletes all data on it. Enter your device name, Google Account and other initial information again. After data initialization, the data cannot be restored. About phone You can view information about your device, such as the name, status, software details and legal information. On the settings screen, tap System About phone and view information. Regulatory & safety You can view regulatory marks and related information on your device. On the settings screen, tap System Regulatory & safety. Settings 120 Accessibility You can manage accessibility plug-ins installed on your device. 1 On the settings screen, tap Accessibility. 2 Customise the following settings:

Vision TalkBack: Set the device to notify screen status or actions via voice. information via voice. Vision Voice notifications: Set the device to read the caller Vision Vision Font: Change the font size, bold text or type. Display size: Set the items on the screen to a size easy for you to see. Some items may change position. Touch zoom: Zoom in or out by tapping the screen three Window zoom: Zoom in or out within a window and invert Vision times. Vision the colour. Vision Vision Large mouse pointer: Magnify the mouse pointer. High contrast screen: Turn the background colour into black for a high contrast screen. Vision Screen color inversion: Increase the display colour contrast for people with low vision. Vision Vision Vision Screen color adjustment: Adjust the display colour. Monochrome: Switch the screen to grayscale mode. End call with the Power key: End a call by pressing the Power/Lock key. Hearing Caption preferences: Turn on the subtitle service when playing videos for the hearing impaired. Hearing Flash alerts: Set the device to notify you with a blinking light for incoming calls, messages and alarms. Settings 121 Hearing Mute all sounds: Mute all sounds and lower volume on the receiver. Hearing Hearing Audio channel: Select the audio type. Sound balance: Adjust the audio output balance. Use the slide bar to change the balance. Motor & cognition Touch assistant: Turn on the touch board to make buttons and gestures easier to use. Motor & cognition Touch input: Enter text by touching and holding the screen or modify it by simply touching the screen. Motor & cognition Physical keyboard: Customise the keyboard settings. Motor & cognition Auto mouse click: Automatically click the mouse pointer in case of no movement. Motor & cognition Touch and hold for calls: Answer or decline calls by touching and holding the call button instead of dragging it. Motor & cognition Screen timeout: Turn off the screen automatically when the device is left idle for a specified period of time. Motor & cognition Touch control areas: Limit the touch area so that only a particular portion of the screen can be controlled by touch input. Accessibility features shortcut: Quickly access a frequently used function by tapping three times. Auto-rotate screen: Automatically change the screen orientation according to the physical position of the device. Select to Speak: Allow you to tap items to hear spoken feedback. Switch Access: Create key combinations to control your device. Settings 122 05 Appendix LG Language Settings Select a language to use on your device. On the home screen, tap Settings Language Add language, and select a language. System Language & keyboard

- Touch and hold and drag it to the top of the language list to set it as a default language. LG Bridge LG Bridge overview You can back up contacts, photos and more to the computer or update the device software. See LG Bridge help for details. The supported features may vary depending on the device. LG USB driver is a necessary program to connect your LG smartphone with the computer and is installed when you install LG Bridge. LG Bridge functions Back up data from the device to a computer or restore data from a computer to the device via USB cable connection. Update the device software from a computer via USB cable connection. Appendix 124 Installing LG Bridge on a computer 1 Go to www.lg.com from your computer. 2 Select your region. 3 Click Support 4 Enter the name of your device. Software & Firmware. OR Select by the Product Category. 5 Go to PC Sync LG Bridge to download the setup file. Go to Details to view the minimum requirements for installing LG Bridge. Phone software update LG Mobile phone software update from the Internet For more information about using this function, please visit http://www.lg.com/common/index.jsp, select your country and language. This feature allows you to conveniently update the firmware on your phone to a newer version from the Internet without needing to visit a service centre. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. Because the mobile phone firmware update requires the users full attention for the duration of the update process, please make sure you check all instructions and notes that appear at each step before proceeding. Please note that removing the USB cable during the upgrade may seriously damage your mobile phone. LG reserves the right to make firmware updates available only for selected models at its own discretion and does not guarantee the availability of the newer version of the firmware for all handset models. Appendix 125 LG Mobile Phone software update via Over-

the-Air (OTA) This feature allows you to conveniently update your phones software to a newer version via OTA, without connecting a USB cable. This feature will only be available if and when LG makes a newer firmware version available for your device. To perform the phone software update, Settings for update. Software Update Update center Check now System Your personal data from internal phone storageincluding information about your Google Account and any other accounts, your system/

application data and settings, any downloaded applications and your DRM licencemight be lost in the process of updating your phones software. Therefore, LG recommends that you backup your personal data before updating your phones software. LG does not take responsibility for any loss of personal data. This feature depends on the area or service provider. Appendix 126 Anti-Theft Guide Set up your device to prevent other people from using it if it's been reset to factory settings without your permission. For example, if your device is lost, stolen, or wiped, only someone with your Google Account or screen lock information can use the device. All you need to make sure your device is protected is:

Set a screen lock: If your device is lost or stolen but you have a screen lock set, the device can't be erased using the Settings menu unless your screen is unlocked. Add your Google Account on your device: If your device is wiped but you have your Google Account on it, the device can't finish the setup process until your Google Account information is entered again. After your device is protected, you'll need to either unlock your screen or enter your Google Account password if you need to do a factory reset. This ensures that you or someone you trust is doing the reset. Do not forget your Google Account and password you had added to your device prior to performing a factory reset. If you can't provide the account information during the setup process, you won't be able to use the device at all after performing the factory reset. Appendix 127 Open Source Software Notice Information To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http://opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers and copyright notices are available for download. LG Electronics will also provide open source code to you on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of performing such distribution (such as the cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon email request to opensource@lge.com. This offer is valid for a period of three years after our last shipment of this product. This offer is valid to anyone in receipt of this information. Regulatory information

(Regulation ID number, E-labeling, etc.) Regulatory & safety. For regulatory details, go to Settings System Appendix 128 Trademarks Copyright 2020 LG Electronics Inc. All rights reserved. LG and the LG logo are registered trademarks of LG Group and its related entities. Google, Google Maps, Gmail, YouTube, Google Duo, Google Play, Android, Chrome, Google Photos, Google Play Protect, Google Calendar, Google Docs, Google Drive, Google Sheets and other related marks and logos are trademarks of Google LLC. Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc. worldwide. Wi-Fi and the Wi-Fi logo are registered trademarks of the Wi-Fi All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their Alliance. respective owners. Appendix 129 Laser safety statement Caution!

This product employs a Laser system. To ensure proper use of this product, please read this owners manual carefully and retain for future reference. Should the unit require maintenance, contact an authorised service centre. Use of controls, adjustments, or the performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure. To prevent direct exposure to laser beam, do not try to open the enclosure or make direct contact with the laser. DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY Hereby, LG Electronics declares that this LM-K520HMW product is in compliance with the essential requirements and other relevant provisions of Directive 2014/53/EU. A copy of the Declaration of Conformity can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/declaration Appendix 130 Contact office for compliance of this product LG Electronics European Shared Service Center B.V. Krijgsman 1, 1186 DM Amstelveen, The Netherlands Wi-Fi (WLAN) The use of the 5150 5350 MHz band is restricted to indoor use only. AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE EL ES FI FR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MT NL NO PL PT RO SE SI SK UK AL ME RS MK TR BA XK Appendix 131 More information Tempered glass parts Tempered glass parts of this device are not permanent and they may wear out over time. If you drop your device on a hard surface or subject it to severe impact, the tempered glass may be damaged. If this happens, stop using your device immediately and contact an LG Customer Service Center. You can purchase protective cases to protect your device from damage on the market. Note that these protective cases are not covered under the warranty service provided by LG Electronics and safety is not guaranteed. Aspect ratio This device uses 20.5:9 aspect ratio. Some downloaded apps may not support 20.5:9 aspect ratio. In this case, select the most optimal screen ratio for the app or consult the app provider for more information. Appendix 132 Guide to data transfers For the data that can be exchange between LG devices or between the LG device and a third party device, see the following table. LG device LG device Third party Android device LG device iOS device LG device Type Item details Contacts, messages, dial logs, calendar, voice recordings Personal data Memos Alarms Media data Photos, videos, songs, documents Screen settings Apps Home screen settings

(folders and widgets) Lock screen settings

(screen lock settings excluded) Downloaded apps Personal data of the downloaded app Public certificate Others Settings (Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, Calls, sound & notification, accessibility, battery) X X X X X X X X X

X X Some data may not be transmitted depending on the software version, app version, operating system, manufacturer or service providers policy. Appendix 133 Supported Frequency Bands Transmitter Output power GSM 900 GSM 1800 WCDMA VIII WCDMA I LTE B28 LTE B20 LTE B8 LTE B3 LTE B1 LTE B7 LTE B40 LTE B38 BT 2.4GHz WLAN 2.4GHz WLAN 5GHz XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm XX.X dBm Travel Adapter Information can be found at http://www.lg.com/global/support/cedoc/cedoc Appendix 134 Disposal of your old appliance 1. This crossed-out wheeled bin symbol indicates that waste electrical and electronic products (WEEE) should be disposed of separately from the municipal waste stream. 2. Old electrical products can contain hazardous substances so correct disposal of your old appliance will help prevent potential negative consequences for the environment and human health. Your old appliance may contain reusable parts that could be used to repair other products, and other valuable materials that can be recycled to conserve limited resources. 3. You can take your appliance either to the shop where you purchased the product, or contact your local government waste office for details of your nearest authorised WEEE collection point. For the most up to date information for your country please see www.lg.com/global/recycling Disposal of waste batteries/accumulators 1. This symbol may be combined with chemical symbols for mercury

(Hg), cadmium (Cd) or lead (Pb) if the battery contains more than 0.0005% of mercury, 0.002% of cadmium or 0.004% of lead. 2. All batteries/accumulators should be disposed separately from the municipal waste stream via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or the local authorities. 3. The correct disposal of your old batteries/accumulators will help to prevent potential negative consequences for the environment, animal and human health. 4. For more detailed information about disposal of your old batteries/

accumulators, please contact your city office, waste disposal service or the shop where you purchased the product. Appendix 135 FAQ This chapter lists some problems you might encounter when using your device. Some problems require you to call your service provider, but most are easy to fix yourself. SIM card error Make sure the SIM card is correctly inserted. No network connection or dropped network Signal is weak. Move to a window or an open area. You are outside the carrier network area. Move and check the network. Calls are not available New network not authorised. Make sure you have not set call barring for the incoming number. Make sure you have not set call barring for the number you are dialling. Device cannot be turned on When the battery is completely discharged, your device will not turn on. Fully charge the battery before turning on the device. Charging error Make sure device is charging at a normal temperature. Check the charger and its connection to the device. Use only in-box accessories which are authorised by LG. The battery depletes faster than when first purchased When you expose the device or the battery to very cold or hot temperatures, the battery life may be reduced. Battery consumption will increase when you use certain features or apps, such as GPS, games or the Internet. The battery is consumable and the battery life will get shorter over time. Appendix 136 Error messages appear when launching the camera Charge the battery. Free some memory by transferring files to a computer or deleting files from your device. Restart the device. If you are still having trouble with the camera app after trying these tips, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. The photo quality is poor The quality of your photos may vary, depending on the surroundings and the photography techniques you use. If you take photos and videos, standard angle quality is better than wide-

angle. If you take photos in dark areas, at night or indoors, image noise may occur or images may be out of focus. If you have any problems, reset the options. The touch screen responds slowly or incorrectly If you attach a screen protector or optional accessories to the touch screen, the touch screen may not function properly. If you are wearing gloves, if your hands are not clean while touching the touch screen or if you tap the screen with sharp objects or your fingertips, the touch screen may malfunction. The touch screen may malfunction in humid conditions or when exposed to water. Restart your device to clear any temporary software bugs. If the touch screen is scratched or damaged, visit a LG Electronics Service Centre. Appendix 137 Hangs or freezes Restart the device If your device freezes or hangs, you may need to close apps or turn the device off and then on again. Perform a boot-up A soft reset may be used to reset the device if the screen freezes, or the buttons, touch screen or device are no longer responding. To perform a soft reset of your device, simply press and hold the Volume Down and Power keys until the device restarts. Reset the device If the methods above do not solve your problem, perform a factory data reset. On the settings screen, tap System Restart & reset Factory data reset.

- This method resets all settings for the device and deletes data. Before performing the factory data reset, remember to make back-

up copies of all important data stored in the device.

- If you registered a Google Account to the device, you must sign in to the same Google Account after resetting the device. Appendix 138 Bluetooth device is not located Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on your device. Make sure the Bluetooth wireless feature is activated on the device you wish to connect to. Make sure your device and the other Bluetooth device are within the maximum Bluetooth range (10 m). If the tips above do not solve your problem, contact a LG Electronics Service Centre. A connection is not established when you connect the device to a computer Make sure the USB cable you are using is compatible with your device. Make sure you have the proper driver installed and updated on your computer. Downloaded application causes a lot of errors Application has problems. Remove and reinstall the application. Appendix 139

Description of E-Label on the LM-K520HM 1. FCC ID is applied by E-label on device. FCC ID: ZNFK520HMW

[Step1]

[Step2]

[Step3]

FCC ID E-Label display Step 1 Select Settings Step 2 Select System Step 3 Select Regulatory & safety Description of E-Label on the LM-K520HM 2. FCC ID is applied on packaging. FCC ID : ZNFK520HMW 3. Instruction of E-label on the user manual

Description of E-Label on the LM-K520HMW 1. FCC ID is applied by E-label on device. FCC ID: ZNFK520HMW

[Step1]

[Step2]

[Step3]

FCC ID E-Label display Step 1 Select Settings Step 2 Select System Step 3 Select Regulatory & safety Description of E-Label on the LM-K520HMW 2. FCC ID is applied on packaging. FCC ID : ZNFK520HMW 3. Instruction of E-label on the user manual

Description of E-Label on the LM-K525HM 1. FCC ID is applied by E-label on device. FCC ID: ZNFK520HMW

[Step1]

[Step2]

[Step3]

FCC ID E-Label display Step 1 Select Settings Step 2 Select System Step 3 Select Regulatory & safety Description of E-Label on the LM-K525HM 2. FCC ID is applied on packaging. FCC ID : ZNFK520HMW 3. Instruction of E-label on the user manual

Description of E-Label on the LM-K525HMW 1. FCC ID is applied by E-label on device. FCC ID: ZNFK520HMW

[Step1]

[Step2]

[Step3]

FCC ID E-Label display Step 1 Select Settings Step 2 Select System Step 3 Select Regulatory & safety Description of E-Label on the LM-K525HMW 2. FCC ID is applied on packaging. FCC ID : ZNFK520HMW 3. Instruction of E-label on the user manual

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division Confidentiality Request regarding application for certification of FCC ID: (ZNFK520HMW). Pursuant to Sections 0.457 and 0.459 of the Commissions Rules, we hereby request confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:

Exhibit Type Block Diagram, Schematics Operational Description Parts List Tune Up File Name Block Diagram, Schematics Operational Description Parts List Tune Up The above materials contain trade secrets and proprietary information not customarily released to the public. The public disclosure of these materials may be harmful to the applicant and provide unjustified benefits to its competitors. The applicant understands that pursuant to Section 0.457 of the Rules, disclosure of this application and all accompanying documentation will not be made before the date of the Grant for this application. Pursuant to DA04-1705 June 15, 2004 of the Commissions public notice, we also request temporary confidential treatment of information accompanying this application as outlined below:

File Name External Photos, Internal Photos, Test Setup Photos, Manual Planned Release Date STC: Date of Grant + 180 days Exhibit Type External Photos, Internal Photos, Test Setup Photos, Manual Sincerely, ____ Contact Person: Kyung-Su Han E-mail: kyungsu.han@lge.com

LG Electronics USA, Inc. Federal Communications Commission Authorization and Evaluation Division 1435 Oakland Mills Road Columbia, MD 21046 Date:

SUBJECT: FCC Application for: ZNFK520HMW To Whom It May Concern:

We, the undersigned, hereby authorize Jim Huang at SGS-CSTC Standards Technical Services Ltd on our behalf, to apply to the Federal Communications Commission on our equipment. Any and all acts carried out by SGS-CSTC Standards Technical Services Ltd on our behalf shall have the same effect as acts of our own. This is to advise that we are in full compliance with the Anti- Drug Abuse Act. We, the applicant, are not subject to a denial of federal benefits pursuant to Section 5301 of the Anti-Drug Act of 1988, 21 USC853a, and no party to the application is subject to a denial of federal benefits pursuant to that section. Regards, ____ Contact Person: Kyung-Su Han E-mail: kyungsu.han@lge.com D:\2020\1. \() EH15,35\EH35\CE, FCC\\POA_Letter.docx